jlink: add jlink_pid to specify the pid to use
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195
196 @node Developers
197 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
198 @cindex developers
199
200 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
201 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
202 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
203 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
204
205 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
206 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
207
208 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
209
210 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
211 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
212
213 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
214
215 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
216
217 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
218
219 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
220 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
221 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
222 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
223 needing a GIT client:
224
225 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
226
227 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
228
229 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
230 from the repository or a snapshot.
231
232 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
233 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
234 Patches created against older versions may require additional
235 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
236
237 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
238
239 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
240 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
241 technical information about the software internals, development
242 processes, and similar documentation:
243
244 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
245
246 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
247 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
248 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
249
250 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
251
252 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
253 communication between developers:
254
255 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
256
257 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
258 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
259 to prepare patches.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
262
263 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
264 using Trac for its bug database:
265
266 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
267
268
269 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
270 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
271 @cindex dongles
272 @cindex FTDI
273 @cindex wiggler
274 @cindex zy1000
275 @cindex printer port
276 @cindex USB Adapter
277 @cindex RTCK
278
279 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
280 an adapter .... [snip]
281
282 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
283 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
284 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
285 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
286 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
287 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
288 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
289
290
291 @section Choosing a Dongle
292
293 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
294
295 @enumerate
296 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
297 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
298 other ways to communicate with target devices.
299 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
300 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
301 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
302 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
303 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
304 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
305 Ethernet port needed?
306 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
307 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
308 @end enumerate
309
310 @section Stand alone Systems
311
312 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
313 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
314 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
315 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
316 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
317
318 @section USB FT2232 Based
319
320 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
321 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
322 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
323 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
324 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
325 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
326 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
327
328 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
329 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
330 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
331 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
332 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
333
334 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
335 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{usbjtag}
339 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
340 @item @b{jtagkey}
341 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
342 @item @b{jtagkey2}
343 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
344 @item @b{oocdlink}
345 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
346 @item @b{signalyzer}
347 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
348 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
349 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
350 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
351 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
352 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
353 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
354 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
356 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
357 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
358 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
359 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
361 @item @b{flyswatter}
362 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
363 @item @b{turtelizer2}
364 @* See:
365 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
366 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
367 @item @b{comstick}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
369 @item @b{stm32stick}
370 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
371 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
372 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
373 @item @b{cortino}
374 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
375 @end itemize
376
377 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
378
379 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
380 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
381 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
382 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
383 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
384
385 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
386 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
387 (see the section on driver commands).
388
389 @itemize
390 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
391 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
392 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
394 @end itemize
395
396 @section USB JLINK based
397 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
398 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
399 AT91SAM764 internally.
400
401 @itemize @bullet
402 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
403 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
404 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
405 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
406 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
408 @end itemize
409
410 @section USB RLINK based
411 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
412
413 @itemize @bullet
414 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
415 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
416 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
417 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
418 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
419 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
420 @end itemize
421
422 @section USB Other
423 @itemize @bullet
424 @item @b{USBprog}
425 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
426
427 @item @b{USB - Presto}
428 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
429
430 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
431 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
432
433 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
434 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
435
436 @item @b{Buspirate}
437 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
438 @end itemize
439
440 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
441
442 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
443 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
444 these on the market.
445
446 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
447 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
448 of USB-based ones.
449
450 @itemize @bullet
451
452 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
453 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
454
455 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
456 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
457 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
458
459 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
461
462 @item @b{GW16402}
463 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
464
465 @item @b{Wiggler2}
466 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
467 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
468
469 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
470 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
471
472 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
473 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
474
475 @item @b{arm-jtag}
476 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
477
478 @item @b{chameleon}
479 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
480
481 @item @b{Triton}
482 @* Unknown.
483
484 @item @b{Lattice}
485 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
486 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
487
488 @item @b{flashlink}
489 @* From ST Microsystems;
490 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
491 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
492
493 @end itemize
494
495 @section Other...
496 @itemize @bullet
497
498 @item @b{ep93xx}
499 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
500
501 @item @b{at91rm9200}
502 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
503
504 @end itemize
505
506 @node About Jim-Tcl
507 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
508 @cindex Jim-Tcl
509 @cindex tcl
510
511 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
512 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
513 command interpreter.
514
515 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
516 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
517 much of anything about Tcl.
518 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
519
520 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
521 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
522 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
523 OpenOCD mailing list.
524
525 @itemize @bullet
526 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
527 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
528 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
529 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
530 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
531 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
532
533 @item @b{Missing Features}
534 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
535 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
536 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
537 enabled in OpenOCD.
538
539 @item @b{Scripts}
540 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
541 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
542 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
543
544 @item @b{Commands}
545 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
546 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
547 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
548 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
549
550 @item @b{Historical Note}
551 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
552 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
553 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
554 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
555
556 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
557 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
558 @end itemize
559
560 @node Running
561 @chapter Running
562 @cindex command line options
563 @cindex logfile
564 @cindex directory search
565
566 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
567 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
568 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
569 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
570 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
571
572 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
573 tell it how each debug session should work.
574 The @option{--help} option shows:
575 @verbatim
576 bash$ openocd --help
577
578 --help | -h display this help
579 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
580 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
581 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
582 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
583 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
584 --command | -c run <command>
585 @end verbatim
586
587 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
588 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
589 To specify one or more different
590 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
591
592 @example
593 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
594 @end example
595
596 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
597 @enumerate
598 @item the current directory,
599 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
600 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
601 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
602 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
603 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
604 @end enumerate
605 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
606
607 @quotation Note
608 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
609 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
610 @end quotation
611
612 @section Simple setup, no customization
613
614 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
615 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
616 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
617 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
618 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
619
620 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
621 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
622 the server like:
623
624 @example
625 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
626 @end example
627
628 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
629 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
630 If all goes well you'll see output something like
631
632 @example
633 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
634 For bug reports, read
635 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
636 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
637 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
638 @end example
639
640 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
641 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
642 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
643
644 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
645
646 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
647 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
648 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
649 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
650 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
651 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
652 ensure that this always succeeds.
653 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
654 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
655 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
656 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
657
658 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
659 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
660 those channels.
661
662 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
663 the @option{-d} option.
664
665 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
666 @option{-c} command line switch.
667
668 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
669 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
670 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
671 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
672 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
673 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
674 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
675
676 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
677 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
678
679 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
680
681 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
682 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
683 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
684 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
685
686 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
687 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
688
689 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
690 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
691 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
692 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
693 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
694 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
695 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
696
697 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
698
699 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
700 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
701 and a USB cable on the other.
702 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
703 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
704
705 @enumerate
706 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
707 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
708 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
709 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
710 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
711 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
712 debugging host.
713
714 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
715 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
716 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
717 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
718 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
719
720 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
721 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
722 with 1.2 Volt boards.
723
724 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
725 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
726 ways to connect the cable.
727 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
728 Be sure it's firmly connected.
729
730 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
731 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
732 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
733 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
734 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
735 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
736 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
737 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
738
739 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
740 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
741 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
742 but are tedious to set up.
743 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
744 adapter signals to the right board pins.
745
746 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
747 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
748 you are using to run OpenOCD.
749 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
750
751 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
752 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
753 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
754
755 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
756 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
757 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
758
759 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
760 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
761 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
762 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
763
764 @end enumerate
765
766 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
767 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
768 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
769
770 @section Project Directory
771
772 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
773
774 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
775 single directory for your work with a given board.
776 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
777 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
778 files accessed through semihosting,
779 and for code you upload to the target board.
780 It is also the natural place to write files,
781 such as log files and data you download from the board.
782
783 @section Configuration Basics
784
785 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
786 a variety of ways you can mix them.
787 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
788
789 @itemize
790 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
791 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
792 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
793 @end itemize
794
795 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
796 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
797 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
798
799 @example
800 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
801
802 # GDB can also flash my flash!
803 gdb_memory_map enable
804 gdb_flash_program enable
805
806 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
807 @end example
808
809 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
810
811 @example
812 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
813 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
814 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
815 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
816 @end example
817
818 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
819 each supporting a different development task.
820 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
821 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
822
823 @quotation Important
824 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
825 problems with how it treats variables.
826 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
827 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
828 that can be tested in a later script.
829 @end quotation
830
831 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
832 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
833 to simplify your work.
834
835 @section User Config Files
836 @cindex config file, user
837 @cindex user config file
838 @cindex config file, overview
839
840 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
841 in one place.
842 One of the following will match your situation best:
843
844 @itemize
845 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
846 provided by someone else.
847 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
848 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
849 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
850 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
851 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
852 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
853
854 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
855 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
856
857 @enumerate
858 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
859 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
860 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
861 @end enumerate
862
863 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
864 The first is an interface config file.
865 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
866 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
867 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
868 meet your deadline:
869
870 @example
871 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
872 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
873 @end example
874
875 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
876 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
877 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
878 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
879
880 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
881 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
882 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
883 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
884 target and board
885 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
886 @xref{Autoprobing}.
887
888 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
889 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
890 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
891 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
892
893 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
894 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
895 giving access to your particular flash chips.
896 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
897 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
898
899 @quotation Note
900 When you write new configuration files, please submit
901 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
902 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
903 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
904 will help support users of any board using that chip.
905 @end quotation
906
907 @item
908 You may may need to write some C code.
909 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
910 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
911 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
912 a new chip architecture.
913 @end itemize
914
915 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
916 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
917 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
918
919 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
920 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
921 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
922 @itemize
923
924 @item
925 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
926 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
927 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
928 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
929
930 @item
931 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
932 @cindex vector_catch
933 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
934 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
935 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
936 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
937 along with messaging and tracing setup.
938 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
939
940 @item
941 You might need to override some defaults.
942 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
943 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
944
945 @item
946 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
947 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
948 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
949 @end itemize
950
951 @section Project-Specific Utilities
952
953 A few project-specific utility
954 routines may well speed up your work.
955 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
956
957 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
958 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
959 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
960 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
961 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
962 may help:
963
964 @example
965 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
966 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
967 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
968 # Leave the CPU halted.
969 reset init
970
971 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
972 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
973
974 # Start running.
975 resume 0x20000000
976 @}
977 @end example
978
979 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
980 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
981 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
982 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
983 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
984
985 @example
986 proc newboot @{ @} @{
987 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
988 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
989 # "reset halt" would be slower.
990 reset init
991
992 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
993 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
994 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
995 flash protect 0 0 1 off
996 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
997 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
998 flash protect 0 0 1 on
999
1000 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1001 reset run
1002 @}
1003 @end example
1004
1005 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1006 from NAND.
1007 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1008 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1009 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1010
1011 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1012 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1013
1014 @section Target Software Changes
1015
1016 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1017 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1018 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1019 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1020 handling issues like:
1021
1022 @itemize @bullet
1023
1024 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1025 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1026 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1027 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1028 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1029 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1030 your debug sessions.
1031
1032 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1033 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1034 That might however be your only option.
1035
1036 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1037 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1038 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1039 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1040 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1041 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1042 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1043 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1044 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1045 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1046 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1047 instead of the whole thing.
1048 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1049 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1050
1051 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1052 @cindex ARM semihosting
1053 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1054 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1055 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1056 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1057 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1058 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1059 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1060 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1061 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1062 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1063 NAND or SPI flash.
1064
1065 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1066 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1067 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1068 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1069 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1070
1071 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1072 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1073 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1074 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1075 registers which can be used to change various features including
1076 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1077 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1078 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1079 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1080 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1081
1082 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1083 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1084 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1085 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1086 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1087
1088 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1089 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1090 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1091 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1092 early code execution can be debugged
1093 or firmware can be replaced.
1094
1095 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1096 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1097 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1098 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1099 operations like writing to memory.)
1100
1101 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1102 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1103 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1104 various kinds of message.
1105 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1106
1107 @end itemize
1108
1109 @section Target Hardware Setup
1110
1111 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1112 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1113 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1114 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1115 working with.}
1116
1117 Common issues include:
1118
1119 @itemize @bullet
1120
1121 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1122 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1123 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1124 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1125 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1126 or one from a daughtercard).
1127 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1128 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1129
1130 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1131 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1132 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1133 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1134 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1135 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1136
1137 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1138 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1139 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1140 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1141 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1142
1143
1144 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1145 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1146 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1147 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1148 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1149 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1150 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1151
1152 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1153 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1154 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1155 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1156 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1157
1158 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1159 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1160 used to start booting.
1161
1162 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1163 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1164 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1165 multiple audio codec chips).
1166 This interacts with software
1167 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1168 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1169 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1170 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1171 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1172 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1173 audio or video codecs are used.
1174
1175 @end itemize
1176
1177 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1178 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1179 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1180 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1181 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1182 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1183 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1184 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1185 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1186 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1187
1188
1189 @node Config File Guidelines
1190 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1191
1192 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1193 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1194 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1195 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1196
1197 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1198 with files including the ones listed here.
1199 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1200 @itemize @bullet
1201 @item @file{interface} ...
1202 These are for debug adapters.
1203 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1204 @example
1205 $ ls interface
1206 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1207 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1208 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1209 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1210 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1211 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1212 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1213 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1214 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1215 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1216 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1217 $
1218 @end example
1219 @item @file{board} ...
1220 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1221 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1222 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1223 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1224 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1225 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1226 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1227 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1228 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1229 a CPU and an FPGA.
1230 @example
1231 $ ls board
1232 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1233 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1234 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1235 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1236 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1237 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1238 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1239 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1240 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1241 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1242 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1243 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1244 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1245 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1246 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1247 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1248 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1249 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1250 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1251 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1252 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1253 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1254 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1255 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1256 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1257 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1258 $
1259 @end example
1260 @item @file{target} ...
1261 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1262 on a chip
1263 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1264 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1265 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1266 the target config file defines all of them.
1267 @example
1268 $ ls target
1269 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1270 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1271 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1272 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1273 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1274 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1275 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1276 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1277 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1278 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1279 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1280 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1281 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1282 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1283 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1284 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1285 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1286 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1287 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1288 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1289 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1290 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1291 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1292 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1293 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1294 $
1295 @end example
1296 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1297 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1298 @end itemize
1299
1300 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1301 file may override features in any of the above files by
1302 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1303 commands specific to their situation.
1304
1305 @section Interface Config Files
1306
1307 The user config file
1308 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1309
1310 @example
1311 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1312 @end example
1313
1314 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1315 in use today with OpenOCD.
1316 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1317 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1318
1319 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1320 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1321 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's GUide)
1322 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1323 and need to provide a driver for it.
1324
1325 @section Board Config Files
1326 @cindex config file, board
1327 @cindex board config file
1328
1329 The user config file
1330 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1331
1332 @example
1333 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1334 @end example
1335
1336 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1337 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1338 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1339
1340 @enumerate
1341 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1342 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1343 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1344 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1345 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1346 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1347 @end enumerate
1348
1349 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1350 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1351 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1352 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1353
1354 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1355 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1356 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1357 configuration works.
1358
1359 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1360
1361 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1362 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1363 convention on how to use certain variables.
1364
1365 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1366 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1367 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1368 used at will within a target configuration file.
1369
1370 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1371 for a board with three chips:
1372
1373 @example
1374 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1375 set CHIPNAME network
1376 set ENDIAN big
1377 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1378 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1379 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1380 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1381
1382 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1383 set CHIPNAME video
1384 set ENDIAN little
1385 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1386 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1387 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1388 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1389
1390 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1391 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1392 unset ENDIAN
1393 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1394 @end example
1395
1396 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1397 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1398 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1399 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1400 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1401 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1402 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1403 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1404
1405 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1406 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1407 naming collisions.
1408
1409 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1410 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1411 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1412 up other clocks and peripherals.
1413
1414 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1415 @cindex variable names
1416
1417 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1418 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1419 one such chip (as shown above).
1420 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1421 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1422 to promote consistency and
1423 so that board files can override target defaults.
1424
1425 Inputs to target config files include:
1426
1427 @itemize @bullet
1428 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1429 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1430 tap identifier dotted names.
1431 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1432 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1433 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1434 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1435 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1436 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1437 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1438 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1439 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1440 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1441 @end itemize
1442
1443 Outputs from target config files include:
1444
1445 @itemize @bullet
1446 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1447 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1448 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1449 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1450 specific to that board and that target.
1451 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1452 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1453 @end itemize
1454
1455 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1456 @cindex event, reset-init
1457 @cindex reset-init handler
1458
1459 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1460 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1461 fully set up yet.
1462 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1463 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1464 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1465 handler is one of the most important.
1466
1467 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1468 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1469 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1470 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1471 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1472
1473 @quotation Note
1474 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1475 are included here.
1476 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1477 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1478 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1479 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1480 @end quotation
1481
1482 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1483 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1484 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1485 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1486 those as parameters.
1487 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1488 and disabling the watchdog.
1489 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1490 the next developer doing such work.
1491 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1492
1493 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1494 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1495 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1496 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1497
1498 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1499
1500 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1501 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1502 a low JTAG clock rate.
1503 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1504 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1505 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1506 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1507 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1508 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1509 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1510
1511 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1512 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1513 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1514 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1515 which might be less than that.
1516
1517 @quotation Warning
1518 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1519 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1520 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1521 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1522 @end quotation
1523
1524 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1525 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1526 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1527 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1528 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1529 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1530
1531 @section Target Config Files
1532 @cindex config file, target
1533 @cindex target config file
1534
1535 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1536 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1537 more target config files like this:
1538
1539 @example
1540 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1541 @end example
1542
1543 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1544 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1545 In summary the target files should contain
1546
1547 @enumerate
1548 @item Set defaults
1549 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1550 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1551 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1552 @item On-Chip flash
1553 @end enumerate
1554
1555 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1556 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1557 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1558
1559 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1560 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1561 can talk to the chip.
1562 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1563 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1564 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1565 and other processing engines.
1566
1567 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1568
1569 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1570 letting board config files express environment-specific
1571 differences in how things should be set up.
1572
1573 @example
1574 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1575 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1576 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1577 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1578 @} else @{
1579 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1580 @}
1581
1582 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1583 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1584 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1585 @} else @{
1586 set _ENDIAN little
1587 @}
1588
1589 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1590 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1591 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1592 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1593 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1594 @} else @{
1595 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1596 @}
1597 @end example
1598 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1599
1600 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1601 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1602 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1603
1604 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1605 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1606 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1607
1608 @example
1609 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1610 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1611 @end example
1612
1613 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1614 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1615 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1616 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1617 for taps.
1618
1619 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1620 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1621 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1622 looks (in part) like this:
1623
1624 @example
1625 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1626 @end example
1627
1628 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1629 to source such a config file twice, with different
1630 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1631 it adds a different TAP each time.
1632
1633 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1634 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1635 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1636 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1637
1638 @example
1639 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1640 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1641 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1642 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1643 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1644 @end example
1645
1646 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1647 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1648
1649 @itemize
1650 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1651 plus a JRC to enable them
1652 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1653 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1654 is not currently used)
1655 @end itemize
1656
1657 @subsection Add CPU targets
1658
1659 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1660 GDB and other commands can use it.
1661 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1662 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1663 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1664 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1665
1666 @example
1667 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1668 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1669 @end example
1670
1671 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1672 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1673 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1674 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1675 a work area if you can.
1676 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1677
1678 @example
1679 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1680 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1681 @end example
1682
1683 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1684
1685 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1686 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1687 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1688
1689 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1690 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1691 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1692 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1693 both signals.
1694
1695 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1696 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1697 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1698 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1699 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1700 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1701 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1702 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1703 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1704 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1705 not available.)
1706
1707 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1708 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1709 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1710 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1711 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1712 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1713 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1714 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1715
1716 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1717 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1718 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1719 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1720 slower clock than they will use later.
1721 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1722 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1723 than they will use later.
1724 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1725
1726 @quotation Important
1727 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1728 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1729 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1730 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1731 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1732 @end quotation
1733
1734 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1735
1736 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1737 special high speed download features - enable it.
1738
1739 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1740
1741 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1742 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1743 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1744 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1745 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1746 If you are using an external trace port,
1747 configure it in your board config file.
1748 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1749 configure it in your target config file.
1750
1751 @example
1752 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1753 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1754 @end example
1755
1756 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1757
1758 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1759
1760 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1761 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1762 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1763 the TARGET (chip) file.
1764
1765 Examples:
1766 @itemize @bullet
1767 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1768 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1769 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1770 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1771 @end itemize
1772
1773 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1774 @section Translating Configuration Files
1775 @cindex translation
1776 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1777 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1778 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1779 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1780 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1781 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1782
1783 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1784 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1785 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1786 convert other scripts later on.
1787
1788 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1789 replace job:
1790
1791 @example
1792 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1793 #
1794 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1795 #
1796 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1797 #
1798 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1799
1800 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1801 global TARGETNAME
1802
1803 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1804
1805 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1806 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1807 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1808 @}
1809 @end example
1810
1811
1812
1813 @node Daemon Configuration
1814 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1815 @cindex initialization
1816 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1817 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1818 supported.
1819
1820 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1821 @section Configuration Stage
1822 @cindex configuration stage
1823 @cindex config command
1824
1825 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1826 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1827 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1828 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1829 inside startup scripts.
1830
1831 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1832 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1833 which may be issued interactively.
1834 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1835 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1836
1837 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1838 flash banks,
1839 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1840 and other basic setup.
1841 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1842 may access or activate TAPs.
1843 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1844 longer be issued.
1845
1846 @section Entering the Run Stage
1847
1848 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1849 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1850 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1851 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1852 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1853 You should see no errors at this point.
1854 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1855 commands you used to configure the server.
1856 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1857 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1858 on the scan chain.
1859
1860 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1861 become available.
1862 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1863 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1864 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1865 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1866 entry to the run stage.
1867
1868 @deffn {Config Command} init
1869 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1870 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1871 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1872 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1873 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1874 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1875
1876 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1877 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1878 configuration files and/or command line options.
1879
1880 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1881 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1882 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1883 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1884 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1885 @end deffn
1886
1887 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1888 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1889 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1890
1891 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1892 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1893 scan chain.
1894 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1895 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1896
1897 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1898 they return.
1899 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1900 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1901 @end deffn
1902
1903 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1904 @section TCP/IP Ports
1905 @cindex TCP port
1906 @cindex server
1907 @cindex port
1908 @cindex security
1909 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1910 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1911 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1912
1913 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1914 access using one or more of these ports.
1915 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1916 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1917 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1918
1919 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1920 @cindex GDB server
1921 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
1922 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
1923 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
1924 the normal use cases.
1925
1926 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
1927 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
1928 disables the gdb server.
1929
1930 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
1931 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
1932
1933 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
1934 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
1935
1936 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
1937 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
1938 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
1939
1940 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
1941 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1942 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1943 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1944 @end deffn
1945
1946 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
1947 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1948 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1949 output from the Tcl engine.
1950 Intended as a machine interface.
1951 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1952 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1953
1954 @end deffn
1955
1956 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
1957 Specify or query the
1958 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1959 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1960 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1961 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1962 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1963 @end deffn
1964
1965 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1966 @section GDB Configuration
1967 @cindex GDB
1968 @cindex GDB configuration
1969 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1970 The ones listed here are static and global.
1971 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1972 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1973
1974 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1975 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1976 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1977 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1978 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1979 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1980 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1981 @end deffn
1982
1983 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1984 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1985 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1986 vFlash packet is received.
1987 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1988 @end deffn
1989
1990 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1991 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1992 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1993 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1994 for flash programming to work.
1995 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1996 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1997 @end deffn
1998
1999 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2000 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2001 by GDB memory read packets.
2002 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2003 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2004 @end deffn
2005
2006 @anchor{Event Polling}
2007 @section Event Polling
2008
2009 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2010 where significant events can happen at any time.
2011 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2012 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2013 or to GDB.
2014
2015 Examples of such events include:
2016
2017 @itemize
2018 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2019 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2020 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2021 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2022 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2023 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2024 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2025 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2026 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2027 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2028 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2029 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2030 @end itemize
2031
2032 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2033 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2034 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2035 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2036 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2037
2038 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2039 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2040 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2041 to the various active targets.
2042 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2043 which is normally done in the background.
2044
2045 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2046 Poll the current target for its current state.
2047 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2048 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2049 specific information about the current state is printed.
2050 An optional parameter
2051 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2052
2053 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2054 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2055 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2056 @example
2057 > poll
2058 background polling: on
2059 target state: halted
2060 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2061 current mode: Supervisor
2062 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2063 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2064 >
2065 @end example
2066 @end deffn
2067
2068 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2069 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2070 @cindex config file, interface
2071 @cindex interface config file
2072
2073 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2074 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2075 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2076
2077 @quotation Note
2078 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2079 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2080 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2081 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2082 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2083 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2084 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2085 @end quotation
2086
2087 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2088 through commands in an interface configuration
2089 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2090 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2091
2092 @example
2093 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2094 @end example
2095
2096 These commands tell
2097 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2098 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2099
2100 @example
2101 # jlink interface
2102 interface jlink
2103 @end example
2104
2105 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2106
2107
2108 @section Interface Configuration
2109
2110 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2111 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2112 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2113
2114 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2115 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2116 target.
2117 @end deffn
2118
2119 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2120 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2121 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2122 @end deffn
2123 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2124 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2125 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2126 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2127 the hardware can support.
2128 @end deffn
2129
2130
2131
2132 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2133 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2134 @end deffn
2135
2136 @section Interface Drivers
2137
2138 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2139 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2140 available at run time.
2141
2142 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2143 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2144 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2145 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2146
2147 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2148 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2149 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2150 @end deffn
2151
2152 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2153 Displays status of RTCK option.
2154 Optionally sets that option first.
2155 @end deffn
2156 @end deffn
2157
2158 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2159 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2160 This has one driver-specific command:
2161
2162 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2163 Logs some status
2164 @end deffn
2165 @end deffn
2166
2167 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2168 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2169 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2170 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2171 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2172 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2173 @end deffn
2174
2175 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2176 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2177 @end deffn
2178
2179 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2180 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2181 @end deffn
2182
2183 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2184 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2185 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2186 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2187
2188 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2189 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2190 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2191 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2192 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2193 @end deffn
2194
2195 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2196 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2197 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2198 is connected to the host.
2199 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2200 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2201 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2202 @end deffn
2203
2204 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2205 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2206 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2207 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2208 @itemize @minus
2209 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2210 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2211 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2212 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2213 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2214 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2215 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2216 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2217 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2218 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2219 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2220 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2221 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2222 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2223 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2224 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2225 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2226 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2227 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2228 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2229 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2230 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2231 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2232 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2233 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2234 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2235 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2236 @end itemize
2237 @end deffn
2238
2239 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2240 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2241 default values are used.
2242 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2243 @example
2244 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2245 @end example
2246 @end deffn
2247
2248 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2249 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2250 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2251 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2252 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2253 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2254 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2255 @end deffn
2256
2257 For example, the interface config file for a
2258 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2259
2260 @example
2261 interface ft2232
2262 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2263 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2264 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2265 @end example
2266 @end deffn
2267
2268 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2269 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2270 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2271 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2272
2273 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2274 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2275 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2276 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2277 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2278 @end deffn
2279
2280 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2281 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2282 default values are used.
2283 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2284 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2285 @example
2286 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2287 @end example
2288 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2289 @example
2290 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2291 @end example
2292 @end deffn
2293
2294 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2295 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2296 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2297 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2298
2299 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2300 @example
2301 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2302 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2303 @end example
2304 @end deffn
2305
2306 @end deffn
2307
2308 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2309 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2310 This has one driver-specific command:
2311
2312 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2313 Display either the address of the I/O port
2314 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2315 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2316 This is a write-once setting.
2317 @end deffn
2318 @end deffn
2319
2320 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2321 Segger jlink USB adapter
2322 @c command: jlink info
2323 @c dumps status
2324 @c command: jlink hw_jtag (2|3)
2325 @c sets version 2 or 3
2326 @c command: jlink pid
2327 @c set the pid of the interface we want to use
2328 @end deffn
2329
2330 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2331 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2332 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2333 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2334 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2335
2336 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2337 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2338 This is a write-once setting.
2339 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2340
2341 @itemize @minus
2342 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2343 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2344 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2345 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2346 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2347 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2348 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2349 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2350 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2351 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2352 some versions of
2353 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2354 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2355 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2356 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2357 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2358 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2359 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2360 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2361 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2362 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2363 @end itemize
2364 @end deffn
2365
2366 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2367 Display either the address of the I/O port
2368 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2369 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2370 This is a write-once setting.
2371
2372 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2373 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2374 you may encounter a problem.
2375 @end deffn
2376
2377 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2378 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2379 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2380 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2381 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2382 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2383
2384 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2385 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2386 @quotation Tip
2387 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2388 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2389 @example
2390 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2391 > adapter_khz 500
2392 @end example
2393 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2394 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2395 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2396 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2397 large set of samples.
2398 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2399 @example
2400 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2401 @end example
2402 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2403 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2404
2405 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2406 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2407 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2408 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2409 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2410 @end quotation
2411 @end deffn
2412
2413 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2414 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2415 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2416 @end deffn
2417
2418 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2419 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2420
2421 @example
2422 interface parport
2423 parport_port 0x278
2424 parport_cable wiggler
2425 @end example
2426 @end deffn
2427
2428 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2429 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2430 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2431 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2432 @end deffn
2433 @end deffn
2434
2435 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2436 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2437 @end deffn
2438
2439 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2440 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2441 @end deffn
2442
2443 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2444 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2445
2446 @quotation Note
2447 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2448 which are not currently documented here.
2449 @end quotation
2450 @end deffn
2451
2452 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2453 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2454 @end deffn
2455
2456 @quotation Note
2457 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2458 which are not currently documented here.
2459 @end quotation
2460
2461 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2462 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2463 No arguments: print status.
2464 @end deffn
2465
2466 @section Transport Configuration
2467 @cindex Transport
2468 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2469 and the debug adapter you are using,
2470 several transports may be available to
2471 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
2472 @deffn Command {transport list}
2473 displays the names of the transports supported by this
2474 version of OpenOCD.
2475 @end deffn
2476
2477 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
2478 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
2479 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
2480 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
2481 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
2482 @end deffn
2483
2484 @subsection JTAG Transport
2485 @cindex JTAG
2486 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
2487 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
2488 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
2489 each of which must be explicitly declared.
2490 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
2491 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2492 @subsection SWD Transport
2493 @cindex SWD
2494 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
2495 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
2496 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
2497 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
2498 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
2499 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2500 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
2501 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
2502 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
2503 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
2504 expected to change.
2505 @end deffn
2506 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
2507 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
2508 Wire Control Register (WCR).
2509 No parameters: displays current settings.
2510 @end deffn
2511
2512 @subsection SPI Transport
2513 @cindex SPI
2514 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
2515 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
2516 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
2517 solution for flash programming.
2518
2519 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2520 @section JTAG Speed
2521 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2522 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2523 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2524 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2525 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2526 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2527 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2528 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2529 power management software that may be active.
2530
2531 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2532 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2533 target event handler.
2534 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2535 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2536 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2537 sets up those clocks).
2538 @xref{Target Events}.
2539 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2540 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2541 in the target config file.
2542 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2543 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2544 config file instead.
2545 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2546 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2547 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2548
2549 @example
2550 jtag_rclk 3000
2551 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2552 @end example
2553
2554 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2555 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2556 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2557 may not be the fastest solution.
2558
2559 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2560 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2561 which support adaptive clocking.
2562
2563 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2564 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2565 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2566 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2567 than the speed specified.
2568
2569 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2570 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2571 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2572 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2573
2574 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2575 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2576 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2577 JTAG clocking after setup.
2578 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2579 If the interface device can not
2580 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2581 @end deffn
2582
2583 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2584 @cindex adaptive clocking
2585 @cindex RTCK
2586 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2587 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2588 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2589 @example
2590 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2591 jtag_rclk 3000
2592 @end example
2593 @end defun
2594
2595 @node Reset Configuration
2596 @chapter Reset Configuration
2597 @cindex Reset Configuration
2598
2599 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2600 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2601 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2602 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2603 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2604 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2605 Please see the various board files for examples.
2606
2607 @quotation Note
2608 To maintainers and integrators:
2609 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2610 Normally the board configuration file
2611 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2612 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2613
2614 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2615 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2616 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2617 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2618 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2619 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2620 @end quotation
2621
2622 @section Types of Reset
2623
2624 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2625 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2626 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2627
2628 @itemize @bullet
2629 @item
2630 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2631 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2632 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2633 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2634 @item
2635 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2636 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2637 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2638 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2639 @item
2640 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2641 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2642 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2643 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2644 @item
2645 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2646 several other types of reset.
2647 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2648 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2649 There may be individual module resets.
2650 @end itemize
2651
2652 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2653 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2654 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2655 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2656 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2657 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2658 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2659 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2660 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2661
2662 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2663 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2664
2665 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2666 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2667 common issues are:
2668
2669 @itemize @bullet
2670
2671 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2672 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2673 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2674 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2675 when either of those signals is not connected.
2676 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2677 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2678 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
2679 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2680
2681 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2682 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2683 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2684 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2685
2686 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2687 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2688 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2689 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2690 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2691 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2692 hardware debouncing.
2693 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2694 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2695
2696 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2697 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2698 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2699 to use push/pull output drivers.
2700 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2701 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2702 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2703 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2704
2705 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2706 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2707 issues (not limited to errata).
2708 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2709 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2710 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2711 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2712 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2713 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2714 @end itemize
2715
2716 There can also be other issues.
2717 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2718 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2719 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2720 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2721 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2722 Agreement (NDA).
2723
2724 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2725 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2726 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2727
2728 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2729 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2730
2731 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2732
2733 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2734 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2735 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2736 allowing it to be deasserted.
2737 @end deffn
2738
2739 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2740 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2741 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2742 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2743 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2744 @end deffn
2745
2746 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2747 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2748 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2749 allowing it to be deasserted.
2750 @end deffn
2751
2752 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2753 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2754 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2755 @end deffn
2756
2757 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2758 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2759 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2760 configuration scripts.
2761
2762 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2763 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2764 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2765 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2766 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2767 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2768 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2769 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2770
2771 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2772 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2773 @var{gates},
2774 @var{trst_type},
2775 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2776 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2777 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2778 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2779 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2780 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2781
2782 @itemize
2783 @item
2784 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2785 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2786 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2787 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2788 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2789
2790 @quotation Tip
2791 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2792 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2793 @end quotation
2794
2795 @item
2796 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2797 signal implementations.
2798 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2799 indicating everything behaves normally.
2800 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2801 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2802 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2803 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2804 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2805 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2806 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2807
2808 @item
2809 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2810 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2811 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2812 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2813 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2814 while SRST is asserted.
2815 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2816 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2817 @end itemize
2818
2819 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2820 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2821 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2822 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2823 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2824
2825 @itemize
2826 @item
2827 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2828 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2829 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2830 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2831
2832 @item
2833 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2834 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2835 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2836 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2837 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2838 @end itemize
2839 @end deffn
2840
2841 @section Custom Reset Handling
2842 @cindex events
2843
2844 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2845 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2846 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2847 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2848 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2849 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2850
2851 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2852 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2853 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2854 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2855 want to reset everything at once.
2856
2857 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2858 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2859 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2860 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2861 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2862 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2863 needs special attention.
2864
2865 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2866 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2867 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2868 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2869 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2870 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2871 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2872 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2873
2874 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2875 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2876 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2877 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2878 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2879
2880 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2881 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2882 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2883 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2884 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2885 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2886 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2887 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2888 or potentially some other value.
2889
2890 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2891 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2892 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2893 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2894 (or their associated targets)
2895 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2896
2897 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2898 they return.
2899 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2900 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2901 @end deffn
2902
2903 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2904 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2905 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2906 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2907 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2908 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2909 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2910 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2911 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2912 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2913 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2914 @end deffn
2915
2916 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2917 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2918 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2919 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2920 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2921 @end deffn
2922
2923
2924 @node TAP Declaration
2925 @chapter TAP Declaration
2926 @cindex TAP declaration
2927 @cindex TAP configuration
2928
2929 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2930 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2931
2932 @itemize @bullet
2933 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2934 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2935 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2936 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2937 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2938 start running that code.
2939 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2940 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2941 and missing connections
2942 @end itemize
2943
2944 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2945 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2946 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2947 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2948 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2949
2950 @section Scan Chains
2951 @cindex scan chain
2952
2953 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2954 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2955 They also need to be added to
2956 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2957 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2958 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2959 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2960 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2961 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2962 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2963 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2964
2965 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2966 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2967 command, presented in the next chapter.
2968 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2969 debugging targets.)
2970 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2971
2972 @verbatim
2973 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2974 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2975 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2976 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2977 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2978 @end verbatim
2979
2980 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2981 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2982 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2983 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2984 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2985 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2986 until they are told to do so.
2987
2988 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2989 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2990 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2991 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2992
2993 @example
2994 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2995 @end example
2996
2997 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2998 by a given chip.
2999 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3000 and so forth.
3001 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3002 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3003 a single chip and between them.
3004 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
3005
3006 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3007 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3008 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3009 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3010 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3011 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3012 includes commands something like this:
3013
3014 @example
3015 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3016 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3017 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3018 @end example
3019
3020 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3021 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3022 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3023
3024 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3025 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3026 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3027 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3028 @example
3029 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3030 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3031 @}
3032 @end example
3033 @end deffn
3034
3035 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3036 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3037 and their status.
3038 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3039 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3040 but systems with a JTAG router can
3041 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3042 @end deffn
3043
3044 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3045 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3046
3047 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3048 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3049
3050 @section TAP Names
3051 @cindex dotted name
3052
3053 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3054 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3055 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3056 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3057 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3058 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3059 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3060 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3061
3062 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3063 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3064 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3065
3066 @quotation Tip
3067 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3068 This feature is still present.
3069 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3070 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3071 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3072 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3073 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3074 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3075 @end quotation
3076
3077 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3078
3079 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3080 @anchor{jtag newtap}
3081 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3082 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3083 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3084
3085 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3086 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3087 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3088 overridable.
3089
3090 @cindex TAP naming convention
3091 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3092 and should follow this convention:
3093
3094 @itemize @bullet
3095 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3096 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3097 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3098 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3099 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3100 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3101 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3102 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3103 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3104 with a single TAP;
3105 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3106 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3107 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3108 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3109 @end itemize
3110
3111 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3112
3113 @itemize @bullet
3114 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3115 @*The length in bits of the
3116 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3117 @end itemize
3118
3119 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3120
3121 @itemize @bullet
3122 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3123 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3124 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3125 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3126 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3127 (the TAP is linked in).
3128 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3129 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3130 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3131 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3132 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3133 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3134 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3135 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3136 values that were found but not included in the list.
3137
3138 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3139 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3140 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3141 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3142 hardware to find these values.
3143 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3144 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3145 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3146 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3147 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3148 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3149 the various chip IDs.
3150 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3151 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3152 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3153 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3154 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3155 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3156 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3157 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3158 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3159 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3160 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3161 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3162 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3163 @end itemize
3164 @end deffn
3165
3166 @section Other TAP commands
3167
3168 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3169 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3170 At this writing this TAP attribute
3171 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3172 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3173 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3174 See the next section for information about the available events.
3175
3176 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3177 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3178 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3179 @end deffn
3180
3181 @anchor{TAP Events}
3182 @section TAP Events
3183 @cindex events
3184 @cindex TAP events
3185
3186 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3187 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3188 The other applies to debugger targets,
3189 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3190
3191 The TAP events currently defined are:
3192
3193 @itemize @bullet
3194 @item @b{post-reset}
3195 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3196 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3197 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3198 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3199 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3200
3201 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3202 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3203 of any particular target.
3204 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3205 @item @b{setup}
3206 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3207 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3208 @item @b{tap-disable}
3209 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3210 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3211 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3212 @item @b{tap-enable}
3213 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3214 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3215 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3216 @end itemize
3217
3218 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3219 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3220 contents to be accurate), you might:
3221
3222 @example
3223 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3224 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3225 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3226 @}
3227 @end example
3228
3229
3230 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3231 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3232 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3233 @cindex jrc
3234
3235 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3236 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3237 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3238 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3239 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3240
3241 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3242 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3243 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3244 be visible.
3245 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3246 ignores, such as:
3247
3248 @itemize
3249 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3250 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3251 TAPs receive new instructions.
3252 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3253 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3254 @end itemize
3255
3256 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3257 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3258 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3259 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3260
3261 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3262 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3263
3264 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3265 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3266 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3267 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3268 should define TAP event handlers using
3269 code that looks something like this:
3270
3271 @example
3272 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3273 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3274 @}
3275 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3276 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3277 @}
3278 @end example
3279
3280 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3281
3282 @example
3283 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3284 @end example
3285
3286 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3287 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3288 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3289 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3290
3291 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3292 If necessary, disables the tap
3293 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3294 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3295 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3296 and "0" if it is disabled.
3297 @end deffn
3298
3299 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3300 If necessary, enables the tap
3301 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3302 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3303 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3304 and "0" if it is disabled.
3305 @end deffn
3306
3307 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3308 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3309 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3310 and "0" if it is disabled.
3311
3312 @quotation Note
3313 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3314 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3315 @end quotation
3316 @end deffn
3317
3318 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3319 @section Autoprobing
3320 @cindex autoprobe
3321 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3322
3323 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3324 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3325 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3326 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3327
3328 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3329 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3330 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3331 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3332 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3333 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3334 right when they come out of reset).
3335
3336 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3337
3338 @example
3339 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3340 reset_config trst_and_srst
3341 jtag_rclk 8
3342 @end example
3343
3344 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3345 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3346
3347 @enumerate
3348 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3349 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3350 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3351 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3352 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3353 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3354 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3355 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3356 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3357 that is discovered.
3358 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3359 register, it will report it.
3360 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3361 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3362 @end enumerate
3363
3364 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3365 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3366 that's a bit more complex:
3367
3368 @example
3369 clock speed 8 kHz
3370 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3371 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3372 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3373 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3374 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3375 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3376 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3377 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3378 @end example
3379
3380 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3381 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3382 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3383 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3384 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3385 and so forth.
3386
3387 @node CPU Configuration
3388 @chapter CPU Configuration
3389 @cindex GDB target
3390
3391 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3392 You can also access these targets without GDB
3393 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3394 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3395 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3396 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3397
3398 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3399 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3400
3401 @section Target List
3402 @cindex target, current
3403 @cindex target, list
3404
3405 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3406 where each member has a name.
3407 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3408 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3409 (plural!) command.
3410 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3411 look like with more than one:
3412 @verbatim
3413 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3414 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3415 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3416 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3417 @end verbatim
3418
3419 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3420 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3421 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3422 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3423 space seen by that current target.
3424 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3425 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3426 are examples; and there are many more.
3427
3428 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3429
3430 @deffn Command {target count}
3431 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3432 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3433 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3434
3435 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3436 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3437 @example
3438 set c [target count]
3439 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3440 # Assuming you have created this function
3441 print_target_details $x
3442 @}
3443 @end example
3444 @end deffn
3445
3446 @deffn Command {target current}
3447 Returns the name of the current target.
3448 @end deffn
3449
3450 @deffn Command {target names}
3451 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3452 @example
3453 foreach t [target names] @{
3454 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3455 @}
3456 @end example
3457 @end deffn
3458
3459 @deffn Command {target number} number
3460 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3461 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3462
3463 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3464 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3465 @example
3466 set thename [target number $x]
3467 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3468 @end example
3469 @end deffn
3470
3471 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3472 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3473
3474 @deffn Command targets [name]
3475 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3476 command names are singular.}
3477
3478 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3479 targets in a user friendly form.
3480
3481 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3482 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3483 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3484 @end deffn
3485
3486 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3487 @cindex target type
3488 @cindex CPU type
3489 @cindex CPU variant
3490
3491 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3492 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3493 when calling @command{target create}.
3494 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3495 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3496 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3497 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3498 what core-specific commands may be available
3499 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3500 and more.
3501
3502 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3503 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3504 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3505 worked around in some chip versions.
3506
3507 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3508 since there's a command to list them.
3509 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3510 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3511
3512 @anchor{target types}
3513 @deffn Command {target types}
3514 Lists all supported target types.
3515 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3516
3517 @itemize @bullet
3518 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3519 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3520 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3521 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3522 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3523 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3524 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3525 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3526 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3527 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3528 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3529 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3530 @itemize @minus
3531 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3532 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3533 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3534 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3535 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3536 @end itemize
3537 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3538 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3539 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3540 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3541 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3542 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3543 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3544 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3545 There are several variants defined:
3546 @itemize @minus
3547 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3548 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3549 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3550 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3551 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3552 @end itemize
3553 @end itemize
3554 @end deffn
3555
3556 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3557 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3558 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3559 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3560 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3561 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3562 reflect design generations;
3563 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3564 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3565
3566 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3567 @section Target Configuration
3568
3569 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3570 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3571 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3572 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3573 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3574
3575 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3576 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3577 optional parts.
3578 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3579 command, created as part of target creation.
3580
3581 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3582 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3583 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3584 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3585 to be much more board-specific.
3586 The key steps you use might look something like this
3587
3588 @example
3589 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3590 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3591 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3592 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3593 @end example
3594
3595 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3596 on-chip SRAM.
3597 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3598 writes to target memory;
3599 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3600 GDB memory checksumming;
3601 and more.
3602
3603 @quotation Warning
3604 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3605 inaccessible when application code
3606 (such as an operating system)
3607 enables or disables the MMU.
3608 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3609 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3610 easy access to other addresses needed.
3611 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3612 @end quotation
3613
3614 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3615 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3616 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3617 controllers.
3618 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3619 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3620 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3621
3622 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3623 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3624 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3625 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3626 purposes including additional configuration.
3627
3628 @itemize @bullet
3629 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3630 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3631 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3632 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3633
3634 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3635 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3636 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3637 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3638 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3639 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3640 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3641 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3642
3643 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3644 @end itemize
3645 @end deffn
3646
3647 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3648 The options accepted by this command may also be
3649 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3650 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3651 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3652
3653 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3654 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3655 and changing its endianness or variant.
3656
3657 @itemize @bullet
3658
3659 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3660 used to access this target.
3661
3662 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3663 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3664
3665 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3666 @xref{Target Events}.
3667 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3668 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3669 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3670 same event name assigns only one handler.
3671
3672 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3673 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3674
3675 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3676 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3677 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3678 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3679 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3680 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3681 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3682
3683 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3684 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3685 or virtual address is being used.
3686
3687 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3688 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3689
3690 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3691 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3692 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3693 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3694 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3695
3696 @end itemize
3697 @end deffn
3698
3699 @section Other $target_name Commands
3700 @cindex object command
3701
3702 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3703 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3704
3705 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3706 Once a button is created a button
3707 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3708 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3709 configure it like this:
3710
3711 @example
3712 # Create
3713 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3714 # Modify
3715 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3716 # Query
3717 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3718 # Report
3719 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3720 @end example
3721
3722 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3723 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3724
3725 @example
3726 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3727 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3728 @end example
3729
3730 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3731
3732 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3733 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3734 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3735 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3736 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3737 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3738 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3739 They are not otherwise documented here.
3740 @end deffn
3741
3742 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3743 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3744 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3745 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3746 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3747 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3748 the target side uses raw memory.
3749
3750 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3751 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3752 The script orientation comes from working with data
3753 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3754 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3755 and neither store nor return those values.
3756
3757 @itemize
3758 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3759 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3760 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3761 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3762 @end itemize
3763 @end deffn
3764
3765 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3766 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3767 @command{$target_name configure}
3768 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3769 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3770 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3771 There are a few special cases:
3772
3773 @itemize @bullet
3774 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3775 event named @var{event_name}.
3776 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3777 two parameters.
3778 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3779 This is a special case because this is set using
3780 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3781 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3782 @end itemize
3783
3784 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3785 all the targets you might use something like this:
3786
3787 @example
3788 foreach name [target names] @{
3789 set y [$name cget -endian]
3790 set z [$name cget -type]
3791 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3792 $x $name $y $z]
3793 @}
3794 @end example
3795 @end deffn
3796
3797 @anchor{target curstate}
3798 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3799 Displays the current target state:
3800 @code{debug-running},
3801 @code{halted},
3802 @code{reset},
3803 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3804 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3805 @end deffn
3806
3807 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3808 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3809 currently associated with this target.
3810 @xref{Target Events}.
3811 @end deffn
3812
3813 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3814 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3815 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3816 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3817 @end deffn
3818
3819 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3820 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3821 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3822 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3823 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3824 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3825 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3826 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3827 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3828 @end deffn
3829
3830 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3831 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3832 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3833 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3834 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3835 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3836 @end deffn
3837
3838 @anchor{Target Events}
3839 @section Target Events
3840 @cindex target events
3841 @cindex events
3842 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3843 For example:
3844 @itemize @bullet
3845 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3846 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3847 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3848 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3849 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3850 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3851 to set up system clocks or
3852 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3853 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3854 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3855 @end itemize
3856
3857 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3858 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3859 @command{target create ... -event}.
3860
3861 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3862 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3863 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3864
3865 @example
3866 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3867 echo "Reset..."
3868 reset halt
3869 @}
3870 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3871 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3872 echo "Reset..."
3873 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
3874 reset init
3875 @}
3876 @end example
3877
3878 The following target events are defined:
3879
3880 @itemize @bullet
3881 @item @b{debug-halted}
3882 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3883 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3884 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3885 @item @b{early-halted}
3886 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3887 @ignore
3888 @item @b{examine-end}
3889 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3890 @item @b{examine-start}
3891 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3892 @end ignore
3893 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3894 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
3895 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
3896 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
3897 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
3898 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
3899 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3900 @* When GDB disconnects
3901 @item @b{gdb-end}
3902 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3903 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3904 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3905 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3906 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3907 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3908 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3909 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3910 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3911 @item @b{gdb-start}
3912 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3913 @item @b{halted}
3914 @* The target has halted
3915 @ignore
3916 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3917 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3918 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3919 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3920 @end ignore
3921 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3922 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3923 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3924 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3925 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3926 @item @b{reset-assert}
3927 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3928 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3929 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3930 it instead of asserting SRST.
3931 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3932 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3933 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3934 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3935 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3936 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3937 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3938 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3939 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3940 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3941 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3942 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3943 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3944 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3945 released on the scan chain.
3946 @item @b{reset-end}
3947 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3948 @ignore
3949 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3950 @* Currently not used
3951 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3952 @* Currently not used
3953 @end ignore
3954 @item @b{reset-init}
3955 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3956 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3957
3958 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3959 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3960 multiplexing, and so on.
3961 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3962 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3963 @item @b{reset-start}
3964 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3965 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3966
3967 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3968 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3969 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3970 @ignore
3971 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3972 @* Currently not used
3973 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3974 @* Currently not used
3975 @end ignore
3976 @item @b{resume-start}
3977 @* Before any target is resumed
3978 @item @b{resume-end}
3979 @* After all targets have resumed
3980 @item @b{resume-ok}
3981 @* Success
3982 @item @b{resumed}
3983 @* Target has resumed
3984 @end itemize
3985
3986
3987 @node Flash Commands
3988 @chapter Flash Commands
3989
3990 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3991 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3992 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3993 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3994 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3995 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3996 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3997 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3998 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3999
4000 Flash Steps:
4001 @enumerate
4002 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4003 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4004 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4005 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4006 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4007 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4008 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4009 @item GDB Flashing
4010 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4011 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4012 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
4013 @end enumerate
4014
4015 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4016 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4017 so that it can't boot.
4018 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4019 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4020
4021 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
4022 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4023 @cindex flash configuration
4024
4025 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4026 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4027 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4028 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4029 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4030 see the driver-specific documentation.
4031
4032 @itemize @bullet
4033 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4034 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4035 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4036 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4037 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4038 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4039 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
4040 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4041 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4042 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4043 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4044 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4045 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4046 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4047 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4048 commands to the flash controller.
4049 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4050 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4051 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4052 for more information.
4053 @end itemize
4054 @quotation Note
4055 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4056 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4057 @end quotation
4058 @end deffn
4059
4060 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4061 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4062 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4063 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4064 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4065 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4066 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4067 @end deffn
4068
4069 @deffn Command {flash list}
4070 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4071 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4072 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4073 @end deffn
4074
4075 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4076 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4077 depends on the flash type.
4078 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4079 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4080 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4081 but most don't bother.
4082 @end deffn
4083
4084 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4085 @cindex flash erasing
4086 @cindex flash reading
4087 @cindex flash writing
4088 @cindex flash programming
4089
4090 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4091 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4092 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4093 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4094 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4095
4096 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4097 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4098 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4099 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4100 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4101
4102 @quotation Note
4103 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4104 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4105 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4106 back to a flash bank.
4107 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4108 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4109 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4110 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4111 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4112 @end quotation
4113
4114 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4115 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4116 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4117 disabled first.
4118 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4119 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4120 @xref{flash protect}.
4121
4122 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4123 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4124 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4125 up to and including @var{last}.
4126 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4127 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4128 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4129 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4130 @end deffn
4131
4132 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4133 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4134 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4135 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4136 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4137 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4138 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4139 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4140 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4141 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4142 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4143 before erase starts.
4144 @end deffn
4145
4146 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4147 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4148 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4149 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4150 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4151 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4152 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4153 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4154 before issuing this command.
4155 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4156 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4157 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4158 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4159 @end deffn
4160 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4161
4162 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4163 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4164 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4165 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4166 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4167 @end deffn
4168
4169 @anchor{flash write_image}
4170 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4171 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4172 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4173 to the base address for each section in the image.
4174 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4175 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4176 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4177 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4178 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4179 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4180 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4181 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4182 each image section.
4183
4184 @quotation Warning
4185 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4186 data you want to preserve.
4187 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4188 sections might be erased with no notice.
4189 @itemize
4190 @item
4191 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4192 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4193 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4194 @item
4195 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4196 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4197 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4198 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4199 @end itemize
4200 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4201 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4202 @end quotation
4203
4204 @end deffn
4205
4206 @section Other Flash commands
4207 @cindex flash protection
4208
4209 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4210 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4211 and display that status.
4212 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4213 @end deffn
4214
4215 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4216 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4217 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4218 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4219 and possibly stale information.
4220 @end deffn
4221
4222 @anchor{flash protect}
4223 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4224 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4225 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4226 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4227 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4228 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4229 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4230 @end deffn
4231
4232 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4233 @section Flash Driver List
4234 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4235 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4236 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4237
4238 @subsection External Flash
4239
4240 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4241 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4242 @cindex CFI
4243 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4244 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4245 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4246 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4247 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4248 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4249 configure a bus and its timings), or
4250 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4251 on the flash chip.
4252 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4253 speed up operation.
4254
4255 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4256
4257 @itemize
4258 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4259 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4260 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4261 @end itemize
4262
4263 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4264 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4265
4266 @example
4267 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4268 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4269 @end example
4270
4271 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4272 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4273 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4274
4275 @example
4276 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4277 @end example
4278
4279 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4280 @end deffn
4281
4282 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4283 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4284 @cindex SMI
4285 @cindex stmsmi
4286 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4287 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4288 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4289 SPI flash devices.
4290 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4291 flash devices can be connected.
4292
4293 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4294 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4295 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4296 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4297 the flash content.
4298
4299 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4300 to identify the memory bank.
4301 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4302 flash size, are detected automatically.
4303
4304 @example
4305 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4306 @end example
4307
4308 @end deffn
4309
4310 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4311
4312 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4313 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4314 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4315 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4316 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4317 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4318
4319 @example
4320 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4321 @end example
4322 @end deffn
4323
4324 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4325 @cindex at91sam3
4326 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4327 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4328 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4329 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4330 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4331 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4332 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4333 chips are confirmed.}
4334
4335 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4336 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4337 the following fixed locations:
4338
4339 @example
4340 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4341 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4342 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4343 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4344 @end example
4345
4346 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4347 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4348 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4349
4350 @itemize
4351 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4352 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4353 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4354 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4355 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4356 @end itemize
4357
4358 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4359
4360 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4361 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4362 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4363 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4364 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4365 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4366 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4367
4368 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4369 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4370 @end deffn
4371
4372 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4373 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4374 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4375 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4376 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4377 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4378 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4379 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4380 @end deffn
4381
4382 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4383 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4384 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4385 @end deffn
4386 @end deffn
4387
4388 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4389 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4390 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4391 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4392 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4393
4394 @example
4395 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4396 @end example
4397
4398 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4399 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4400
4401 @itemize
4402 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4403 @item @var{banks}
4404 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4405 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4406 @item @var{pages_size}
4407 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4408 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4409 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4410 @end itemize
4411
4412 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4413 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4414 will be autoconfigured.
4415 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4416
4417 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4418 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4419 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4420 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4421 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4422
4423 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4424 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4425 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4426 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4427 are not truly general purpose).
4428 @quotation Note
4429 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4430 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4431 @end quotation
4432 @end deffn
4433 @end deffn
4434
4435 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4436 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4437 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4438 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4439 @end deffn
4440
4441 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4442 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4443 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4444 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4445 and executed.
4446 @end deffn
4447
4448 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4449 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4450 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4451
4452 @quotation Note
4453 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4454 driver:
4455 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4456 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4457 @end quotation
4458
4459 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4460 which must appear in the following order:
4461
4462 @itemize
4463 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4464 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4465 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4466 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4467 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4468 at which the core is running
4469 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4470 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4471 @quotation Note
4472 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4473 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4474 However, if you do provide it,
4475 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4476 @end quotation
4477 @end itemize
4478
4479 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4480
4481 @example
4482 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4483 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4484 @end example
4485
4486 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4487 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4488 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4489 @end deffn
4490 @end deffn
4491
4492 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4493 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4494 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4495 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4496 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4497 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4498
4499 @example
4500 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4501 @end example
4502 @end deffn
4503
4504 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4505 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4506 from NXP.
4507
4508 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4509 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4510 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4511 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4512 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4513 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4514 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4515 you start the PLL.
4516
4517 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4518
4519 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4520 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4521 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4522
4523 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4524 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4525 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4526 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4527 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4528 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4529 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4530
4531 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4532 @example
4533 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4534 @end example
4535
4536 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4537 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4538 @code{flash banks} command.
4539
4540 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4541 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4542 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4543 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4544 a known signature.
4545 Example:
4546 @example
4547 lpc2900 signature 0
4548 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4549 @end example
4550 @end deffn
4551
4552 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4553 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4554 saves it to a file in binary format.
4555 Example:
4556 @example
4557 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4558 @end example
4559 @end deffn
4560
4561 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4562 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4563 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4564 command:
4565
4566 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4567 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4568 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4569 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4570
4571 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4572 Example:
4573 @example
4574 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4575 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4576 @end example
4577 @end deffn
4578
4579 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4580 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4581 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4582 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4583 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4584 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4585 912 bytes.
4586 @quotation Attention
4587 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4588 @end quotation
4589 Example:
4590 @example
4591 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4592 @end example
4593 @end deffn
4594
4595 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4596 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4597 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4598 after the next power cycle.
4599 @quotation Attention
4600 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4601 @end quotation
4602 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4603 Example:
4604 @example
4605 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4606 flash info 0
4607 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4608 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4609 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4610 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4611 @end example
4612 @end deffn
4613
4614 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4615 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4616 effective after the next power cycle.
4617 @quotation Attention
4618 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4619 @end quotation
4620 Examples:
4621 @example
4622 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4623 @end example
4624 @end deffn
4625 @end deffn
4626
4627 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4628 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4629
4630 @example
4631 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4632 @end example
4633 @end deffn
4634
4635 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4636 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4637 and integrate flash memory.
4638
4639 @example
4640 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4641 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4642 @end example
4643
4644 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4645 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4646 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4647 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4648 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4649 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4650 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4651 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4652 @end deffn
4653 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
4654 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
4655 This will remove any Code Protection.
4656 @end deffn
4657 @end deffn
4658
4659 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4660 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4661 Texas Instruments
4662 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4663 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4664 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4665 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4666 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4667 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4668
4669 @example
4670 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4671 @end example
4672 @end deffn
4673
4674 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4675 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4676 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4677 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4678 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4679 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4680
4681 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4682 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4683 @quotation Warning
4684 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4685 applied to all of them.
4686 @end quotation
4687 @end deffn
4688
4689 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4690 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4691 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4692 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4693 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4694
4695 @example
4696 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4697 @end example
4698
4699 Some stm32x-specific commands
4700 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4701 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4702 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4703 are defined:
4704
4705 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4706 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4707 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4708 @end deffn
4709
4710 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4711 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4712 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4713 @end deffn
4714
4715 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4716 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4717 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4718 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4719 @end deffn
4720
4721 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4722 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4723 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4724 @end deffn
4725 @end deffn
4726
4727 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4728 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4729 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4730 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4731 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4732
4733 @example
4734 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4735 @end example
4736
4737 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4738 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4739 for the specified flash bank.
4740 @end deffn
4741 @end deffn
4742
4743 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4744 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4745 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4746 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4747 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4748
4749 @example
4750 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4751 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4752 @end example
4753
4754 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4755 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4756 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4757
4758 @itemize @bullet
4759 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4760 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4761 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4762 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4763 @end itemize
4764 @end deffn
4765
4766 @end deffn
4767
4768 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4769 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4770 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4771 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4772
4773 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4774
4775 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4776 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4777 @end deffn
4778
4779 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4780 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4781 @end deffn
4782
4783 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4784 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4785 the flash clock.
4786 @end deffn
4787 @end deffn
4788
4789 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
4790 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
4791 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
4792
4793 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
4794
4795 @itemize
4796 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
4797 @end itemize
4798
4799 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
4800 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
4801 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
4802 @example
4803 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4804 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4805 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4806 @end example
4807 @end deffn
4808
4809 @subsection str9xpec driver
4810 @cindex str9xpec
4811
4812 Here is some background info to help
4813 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4814 the str9:
4815 @enumerate
4816 @item
4817 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4818 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4819 @item
4820 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4821 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4822 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4823 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4824 @end enumerate
4825
4826 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4827 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4828 configured for flash bank 0.
4829 @example
4830 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4831 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4832 jtag_reset 0 1
4833 # turn off target polling
4834 poll off
4835 # disable str9 core
4836 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4837 # read option bytes
4838 str9xpec options_read 0
4839 # re-enable str9 core
4840 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4841 poll on
4842 reset halt
4843 @end example
4844 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4845 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4846 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4847 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4848
4849 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4850 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4851 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4852 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4853 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4854
4855 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4856
4857 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4858 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4859 @end deffn
4860
4861 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4862 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4863 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4864 @end deffn
4865
4866 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4867 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4868 erase the device.
4869 @end deffn
4870
4871 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4872 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4873 @end deffn
4874
4875 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4876 Configure str9 boot bank.
4877 @end deffn
4878
4879 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4880 Configure str9 lvd source.
4881 @end deffn
4882
4883 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4884 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4885 @end deffn
4886
4887 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4888 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4889 @end deffn
4890
4891 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4892 Read str9 option bytes.
4893 @end deffn
4894
4895 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4896 Write str9 option bytes.
4897 @end deffn
4898
4899 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4900 unlock str9 device.
4901 @end deffn
4902
4903 @end deffn
4904
4905
4906 @section mFlash
4907
4908 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4909 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4910
4911 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4912 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4913 address @var{base}.
4914 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4915 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4916
4917 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4918
4919 @example
4920 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4921 @end example
4922
4923 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4924
4925 @example
4926 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4927 @end example
4928 @end deffn
4929
4930 @subsection mFlash commands
4931 @cindex mFlash commands
4932
4933 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4934 Configure mflash PLL.
4935 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4936 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4937 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4938 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4939 @end deffn
4940
4941 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4942 Configure bootable option.
4943 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4944 (4kB) for boot.
4945 @end deffn
4946
4947 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4948 Configure storage information.
4949 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4950 written.
4951 @end deffn
4952
4953 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4954 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4955 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4956 @end deffn
4957
4958 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4959 Probe mflash.
4960 @end deffn
4961
4962 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4963 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4964 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4965 @end deffn
4966
4967 @node NAND Flash Commands
4968 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4969 @cindex NAND
4970
4971 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4972 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4973 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4974
4975 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4976 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4977 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4978 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4979 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4980 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4981
4982 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4983 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4984 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4985 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4986 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4987 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4988 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4989 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4990 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4991 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4992
4993 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4994 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4995 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4996 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4997 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4998 every 512 bytes of data.
4999
5000 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5001 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5002 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5003 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5004 ECC mode is used.
5005
5006 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5007 @enumerate
5008 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5009 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5010 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5011 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5012 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5013 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5014 to access that device.
5015 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5016 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5017 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5018 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5019 de-brick a board.
5020 @end enumerate
5021
5022 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5023 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5024 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5025 are only 32 bits wide.
5026 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5027 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5028 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5029 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5030
5031 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
5032 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5033 @cindex NAND configuration
5034
5035 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5036 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5037 OpenOCD has initialized.
5038
5039 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5040 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5041 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5042 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5043 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5044 they were a single (larger) device.
5045 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5046 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5047
5048 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5049 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5050 configuration files, not interactively.
5051
5052 @itemize @bullet
5053 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5054 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5055 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5056 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5057 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
5058 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5059 commands to the NAND controller.
5060 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5061 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5062 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5063 for more information.
5064 @end itemize
5065 @end deffn
5066
5067 @deffn Command {nand list}
5068 Prints a summary of each device declared
5069 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5070 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5071 @example
5072 > nand list
5073 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5074 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5075 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5076 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5077 >
5078 @end example
5079 @end deffn
5080
5081 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5082 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5083 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5084 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5085 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5086 it with most other NAND commands.
5087 @end deffn
5088
5089 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5090
5091 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5092 @cindex NAND reading
5093 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5094 starting at the specified offset.
5095 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5096
5097 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5098 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5099
5100 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5101 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5102 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5103
5104 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5105 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5106 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5107 method which handled that error correction.
5108
5109 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5110 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5111 @itemize @bullet
5112 @item no oob_* parameter
5113 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5114 @item @code{oob_raw}
5115 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5116 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5117 spare areas associated with each data page.
5118 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5119 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5120 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5121 @item @code{oob_only}
5122 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5123 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5124 spare areas associated with each data page.
5125 @end itemize
5126 @end deffn
5127
5128 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5129 @cindex NAND erasing
5130 @cindex NAND programming
5131 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5132 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5133 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5134 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5135 If those parameters are not specified,
5136 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5137 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5138
5139 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5140 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5141 block marker.
5142 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5143 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5144 @end deffn
5145
5146 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5147 @cindex NAND writing
5148 @cindex NAND programming
5149 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5150 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5151 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5152 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5153
5154 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5155 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5156
5157 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5158 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5159 past the end of the device.
5160 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5161 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5162 if that's being written.)
5163
5164 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5165 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5166 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5167
5168 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5169 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5170 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5171 @itemize @bullet
5172 @item no oob_* parameter
5173 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5174 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5175 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5176 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5177 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5178 @item @code{oob_only}
5179 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5180 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5181 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5182 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5183 @item @code{oob_raw}
5184 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5185 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5186 un-altered OOB.
5187 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5188 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5189 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5190 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5191 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5192 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5193 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5194 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5195 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5196 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5197 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5198 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5199 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5200 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5201 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5202 @end itemize
5203 @end deffn
5204
5205 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5206 @cindex NAND verification
5207 @cindex NAND programming
5208 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5209 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5210 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5211
5212 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5213 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5214
5215 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5216 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5217 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5218 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5219 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5220
5221 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5222 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5223 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5224
5225 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5226 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5227 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5228 be removed in a future release.
5229 @end deffn
5230
5231 @section Other NAND commands
5232 @cindex NAND other commands
5233
5234 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5235 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5236 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5237 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5238 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5239 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5240 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5241 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5242
5243 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5244 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5245 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5246 @end deffn
5247
5248 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5249 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5250 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5251 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5252 status for each block.
5253 @end deffn
5254
5255 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5256 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5257 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5258
5259 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5260 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5261 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5262 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5263 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5264
5265 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5266 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5267 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5268 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5269 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5270 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5271 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5272 @end deffn
5273
5274 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5275 @section NAND Driver List
5276 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5277 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5278 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5279
5280 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5281 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5282 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5283 address of the ECC controller.
5284 @example
5285 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5286 @end example
5287 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5288 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5289 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5290 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5291 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5292 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5293 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5294 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5295 @end deffn
5296 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5297 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5298 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5299 @end deffn
5300
5301 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5302 properly configured for input or output.
5303 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5304 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5305 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5306 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5307 @end deffn
5308 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5309 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5310 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5311 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5312 @end deffn
5313 @end deffn
5314
5315 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5316 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5317 chips from Texas Instruments.
5318 It takes three extra parameters:
5319 address of the NAND chip;
5320 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5321 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5322 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5323 @example
5324 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5325 @end example
5326 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5327 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5328 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5329 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5330 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5331 @end deffn
5332
5333 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5334 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5335 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5336 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5337 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5338 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5339 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5340 @end deffn
5341
5342 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5343 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5344 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5345 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5346 @end deffn
5347 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5348
5349 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5350 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5351 parameter: the address of the controller.
5352 @example
5353 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5354 @end example
5355 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5356 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5357 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5358 change any behavior.
5359 @end deffn
5360
5361 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5362 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5363 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5364 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5365 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5366 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5367 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5368 specialized commands.
5369 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5370 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5371 change any behavior.
5372 @end deffn
5373
5374 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5375 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5376 @cindex PLD
5377 @cindex FPGA
5378
5379 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5380 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5381 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5382 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5383 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5384 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5385 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5386
5387 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5388
5389 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5390 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5391 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5392
5393 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5394 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5395
5396 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5397 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5398 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5399 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5400 behavior.
5401 @end deffn
5402
5403 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5404 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5405 @end deffn
5406
5407 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5408 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5409 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5410 @end deffn
5411
5412 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5413
5414 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5415 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5416 that particular type of PLD.
5417
5418 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5419 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5420 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5421 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5422 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5423
5424 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5425 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5426 for FPGA @var{num}.
5427 @end deffn
5428 @end deffn
5429
5430 @node General Commands
5431 @chapter General Commands
5432 @cindex commands
5433
5434 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5435 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5436 commands are documented elsewhere.
5437
5438 Intent:
5439 @itemize @bullet
5440 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5441 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5442 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5443 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5444
5445 @item @b{From the human}
5446 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5447 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5448
5449 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5450 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5451 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5452
5453 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5454 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5455 port is 5555.
5456 @end itemize
5457
5458
5459 @section Daemon Commands
5460
5461 @deffn {Command} exit
5462 Exits the current telnet session.
5463 @end deffn
5464
5465 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5466 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5467 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5468 Not every command provides helptext.
5469
5470 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5471 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5472 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5473 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5474 @end deffn
5475
5476 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5477 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5478 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5479 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5480 Useful in connection with script files
5481 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5482 @end deffn
5483
5484 @deffn Command shutdown
5485 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5486 @end deffn
5487
5488 @anchor{debug_level}
5489 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5490 @cindex message level
5491 Display debug level.
5492 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5493 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5494 Level 0 is error messages only;
5495 level 1 adds warnings;
5496 level 2 adds informational messages;
5497 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5498 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5499 the command line along with the location of that log
5500 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5501 @xref{Running}.
5502 @end deffn
5503
5504 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
5505 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5506 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5507 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
5508 @example
5509 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5510 @end example
5511 @end deffn
5512
5513 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5514 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5515 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5516 @end deffn
5517
5518 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
5519 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
5520 @end deffn
5521
5522 @anchor{Target State handling}
5523 @section Target State handling
5524 @cindex reset
5525 @cindex halt
5526 @cindex target initialization
5527
5528 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5529 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5530 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5531 a current target which is used to perform the
5532 various operations. The current target may be changed
5533 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5534 target which should become current.
5535
5536 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5537 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5538 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5539 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5540 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5541
5542 @emph{With no arguments}:
5543 list all available registers for the current target,
5544 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5545 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5546 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5547 are flagged as such.
5548
5549 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5550
5551 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5552 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5553 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5554 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5555 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5556 relevant module will flush such values.
5557
5558 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5559 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5560
5561 @example
5562 > reg
5563 ===== ARM registers
5564 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5565 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5566 (2) r2 (/32)
5567 ...
5568 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5569 >
5570 @end example
5571 @end deffn
5572
5573 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5574 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5575 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5576 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5577 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5578 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5579 (and enter debug mode).
5580 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5581
5582 @quotation Warning
5583 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5584 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5585 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5586 power mode by gating the core clock;
5587 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5588
5589 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5590 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5591 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5592 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5593 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5594 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5595
5596 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5597 work with a JTAG debugger.
5598 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5599 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5600 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5601 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5602 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5603 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5604 @end quotation
5605
5606 @end deffn
5607
5608 @deffn Command resume [address]
5609 Resume the target at its current code position,
5610 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5611 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5612 @end deffn
5613
5614 @deffn Command step [address]
5615 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5616 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5617 @end deffn
5618
5619 @anchor{Reset Command}
5620 @deffn Command reset
5621 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5622 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5623 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5624 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5625 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5626 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5627
5628 The optional parameter specifies what should
5629 happen after the reset.
5630 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5631 The other options will not work on all systems.
5632 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5633
5634 @itemize @minus
5635 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5636 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5637 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5638 @end itemize
5639 @end deffn
5640
5641 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5642 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5643 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5644 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5645 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5646 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5647 state.
5648 @end deffn
5649
5650 @section I/O Utilities
5651
5652 These commands are available when
5653 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5654 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5655 notably the ZY1000.
5656 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5657
5658 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5659
5660 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5661 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5662 the text file @file{filename}.
5663 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5664 The last string is followed by a newline.
5665 @end deffn
5666
5667 @deffn Command cat filename
5668 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5669 @end deffn
5670
5671 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5672 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5673 into @file{dest_filename}.
5674 @end deffn
5675
5676 @deffn Command ip
5677 @emph{No description provided.}
5678 @end deffn
5679
5680 @deffn Command ls
5681 @emph{No description provided.}
5682 @end deffn
5683
5684 @deffn Command mac
5685 @emph{No description provided.}
5686 @end deffn
5687
5688 @deffn Command meminfo
5689 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5690 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5691 @end deffn
5692
5693 @deffn Command peek
5694 @emph{No description provided.}
5695 @end deffn
5696
5697 @deffn Command poke
5698 @emph{No description provided.}
5699 @end deffn
5700
5701 @deffn Command rm filename
5702 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5703 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5704 @end deffn
5705
5706 @deffn Command trunc filename
5707 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5708 @end deffn
5709
5710 @anchor{Memory access}
5711 @section Memory access commands
5712 @cindex memory access
5713
5714 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5715 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5716 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5717 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5718
5719 @enumerate
5720 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5721 to change the current target.
5722 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5723 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5724 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5725 @end enumerate
5726
5727 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5728 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5729 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5730 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5731 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5732 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5733 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5734 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5735 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5736 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5737 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5738 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5739 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5740 @end deffn
5741
5742 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5743 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5744 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5745 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5746 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5747 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5748 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5749 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5750 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5751 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5752 @end deffn
5753
5754
5755 @anchor{Image access}
5756 @section Image loading commands
5757 @cindex image loading
5758 @cindex image dumping
5759
5760 @anchor{dump_image}
5761 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5762 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5763 binary file named @var{filename}.
5764 @end deffn
5765
5766 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5767 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5768 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5769 @end deffn
5770
5771 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5772 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5773 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5774 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5775 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5776 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5777 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5778 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5779 separately.
5780 @end deffn
5781
5782 @anchor{load_image}
5783 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
5784 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
5785 The file format may optionally be specified
5786 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf}).
5787 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
5788 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
5789 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
5790 @example
5791 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
5792 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
5793 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
5794 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
5795 @}
5796 @end example
5797 @end deffn
5798
5799 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5800 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5801 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5802 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5803 The file format may optionally be specified
5804 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5805 @end deffn
5806
5807 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5808 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5809 The file format may optionally be specified
5810 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5811 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5812 @end deffn
5813
5814
5815 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5816 @cindex breakpoint
5817 @cindex watchpoint
5818
5819 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5820 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5821 watchpoints.
5822 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5823
5824 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5825 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5826 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5827 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5828 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5829 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5830
5831 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5832 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5833 @end deffn
5834
5835 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5836 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5837 @end deffn
5838
5839 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5840 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5841 @end deffn
5842
5843 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5844 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5845 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5846 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5847 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5848 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5849 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5850 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5851 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5852 @end deffn
5853
5854 @section Misc Commands
5855
5856 @cindex profiling
5857 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5858 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5859 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5860 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5861 @end deffn
5862
5863 @deffn Command {version}
5864 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5865 @end deffn
5866
5867 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5868 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5869 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5870 @end deffn
5871
5872 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5873 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5874 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5875 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5876
5877 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5878 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5879 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5880 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5881
5882 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5883 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5884 @cindex tracing
5885 @cindex ETM
5886 @cindex ETB
5887
5888 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5889 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5890 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5891
5892 @itemize
5893 @item
5894 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5895 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5896 supports such an interface.
5897 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5898 and trace port support.)
5899 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5900 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5901 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5902 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5903 in the board-specific configuration file.
5904 @item
5905 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5906 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5907 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5908 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5909 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5910 @end itemize
5911
5912 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5913
5914 @quotation Issues
5915 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5916 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5917
5918 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5919 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5920 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5921 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5922 dummy trace port driver}.
5923
5924 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5925 as well as tracing only during specific states
5926 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5927
5928 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5929 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5930 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5931 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5932 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5933
5934 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5935 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5936 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5937 this original style of JTAG access.
5938 @end quotation
5939
5940 @subsection ETM Configuration
5941 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5942
5943 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5944 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5945 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5946
5947 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5948 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5949 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5950 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5951 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5952 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5953 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5954 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5955 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5956
5957 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5958 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5959 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5960
5961 @quotation Warning
5962 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5963 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5964 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5965 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5966 @end quotation
5967
5968 @quotation Note
5969 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5970 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5971 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5972 what CPU activities are traced.
5973 @end quotation
5974 @end deffn
5975
5976 @deffn Command {etm info}
5977 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5978 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5979 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5980 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5981 @end deffn
5982
5983 @deffn Command {etm status}
5984 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5985 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5986 Did trace data overflow?
5987 Was it triggered?
5988 @end deffn
5989
5990 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5991 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5992 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5993 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5994 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5995
5996 @itemize
5997 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5998 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5999 The value is one of
6000 @option{none} (save nothing),
6001 @option{data} (save data),
6002 @option{address} (save addresses),
6003 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6004 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6005 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6006 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6007 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6008 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6009 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6010 trace stream without an image of the code.
6011 @end itemize
6012 @end deffn
6013
6014 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6015 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6016 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6017 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6018 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6019
6020 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6021 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6022 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6023 @end deffn
6024
6025 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6026
6027 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6028 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6029 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6030
6031 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6032 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6033 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6034 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6035 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6036 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6037 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6038
6039 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6040
6041 @itemize
6042 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6043 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6044 for instruction access within that function's body.
6045 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6046 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6047 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6048 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6049 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6050 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6051 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6052 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6053 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6054 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6055 @item @emph{... more}
6056 @end itemize
6057
6058 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6059 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6060
6061 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6062 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6063 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6064 @end deffn
6065
6066 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6067 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6068 @end deffn
6069
6070 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6071 Opens an image file.
6072 @end deffn
6073
6074 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6075 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6076 @end deffn
6077
6078 @deffn Command {etm start}
6079 Starts trace data collection.
6080 @end deffn
6081
6082 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6083 Stops trace data collection.
6084 @end deffn
6085
6086 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
6087 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6088
6089 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6090
6091 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6092 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6093 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6094 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6095 any trace data collection.}
6096 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6097 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6098 @end deffn
6099 @end deffn
6100
6101 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6102 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6103 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6104 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6105 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6106 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6107 @end deffn
6108 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6109 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6110 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6111 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6112 trace trigger becomes active.
6113
6114 @itemize
6115 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6116 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6117 afterwards.
6118 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6119 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6120 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6121 what caused that event to happen.
6122 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6123 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6124 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6125 how the event caused trouble.
6126 @end itemize
6127 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6128 @end deffn
6129
6130 @end deffn
6131
6132 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6133 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6134 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6135 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6136 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6137
6138 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6139 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6140
6141 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6142 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6143 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6144 @end deffn
6145
6146 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6147 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6148 @end deffn
6149
6150 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6151 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6152 @end deffn
6153 @end deffn
6154
6155
6156 @section Generic ARM
6157 @cindex ARM
6158
6159 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6160 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6161 commands that may be available.
6162
6163 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6164 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6165 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6166 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6167 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6168 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6169 @end deffn
6170
6171 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6172 @cindex disassemble
6173 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6174 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6175 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6176 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6177 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6178 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6179 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6180
6181 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6182 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6183 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6184 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6185 with a handful of exceptions.
6186 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6187 @end deffn
6188
6189 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6190 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6191 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6192 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6193 and using the MCR instruction.
6194 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6195 an ARM register.)
6196 @end deffn
6197
6198 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6199 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6200 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6201 and the MRC instruction.
6202 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6203 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6204 an ARM register.)
6205 @end deffn
6206
6207 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6208 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6209 core mode if necessary.
6210 @end deffn
6211
6212 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6213 @cindex ARM semihosting
6214 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6215
6216 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6217 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6218 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6219 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6220 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6221 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6222 @end deffn
6223
6224 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6225 @cindex ARMv4
6226 @cindex ARMv5
6227
6228 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6229 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6230 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6231 variant.
6232
6233 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6234 @cindex ARM7
6235 @cindex ARM9
6236
6237 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6238 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6239 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6240 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6241
6242 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6243 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6244 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6245 instead of breakpoints.
6246 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6247
6248 This should be
6249 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6250 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6251 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6252 @end deffn
6253
6254 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6255 @cindex DCC
6256 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6257 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6258 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6259
6260 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6261 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6262 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6263 @end deffn
6264
6265 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6266 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6267 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6268 that don't check completion of the operation.
6269 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6270
6271 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6272 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6273 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6274 @end deffn
6275
6276 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6277 @cindex ARM720T
6278
6279 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6280 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6281 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6282 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6283
6284 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6285 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6286 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6287
6288 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6289 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6290 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6291 @end deffn
6292
6293 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6294 @cindex ARM9
6295
6296 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6297 integer processors.
6298 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6299
6300 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6301 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6302 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6303 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6304
6305 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6306 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6307 @cindex vector_catch
6308 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6309 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6310 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6311 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6312 to those hardware vectors.
6313
6314 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6315 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6316 vector catch hardware to intercept
6317 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6318 @option{none} of them,
6319 or a list with one or more of the following:
6320 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6321 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6322 @end deffn
6323
6324 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6325 @cindex ARM920T
6326
6327 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6328 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6329 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6330 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6331 and ARM9 commands.
6332
6333 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6334 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6335 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6336 @end deffn
6337
6338 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6339 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6340 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6341 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6342 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6343 (Not all registers can be written.)
6344 @end deffn
6345
6346 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6347 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6348 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6349
6350 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6351 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6352 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6353 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6354 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6355 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6356 @end deffn
6357
6358 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6359 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6360 @end deffn
6361
6362 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6363 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6364 @end deffn
6365
6366 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6367 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6368
6369 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6370 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6371 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6372 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6373 and ARM9 commands.
6374
6375 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6376 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6377
6378 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6379 Print information about the caches found.
6380 @end deffn
6381
6382 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6383 @cindex ARM966E
6384
6385 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6386 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6387 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6388 and ARM9 commands.
6389
6390 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6391 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6392 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6393 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6394 ARM966E-S TRM.
6395 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6396 as required for BIST support.
6397 @end deffn
6398
6399 @subsection XScale specific commands
6400 @cindex XScale
6401
6402 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6403
6404 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6405 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6406 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6407 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6408 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6409 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6410 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6411
6412 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
6413 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
6414 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
6415 the mini-IC.
6416
6417 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6418 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6419 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6420 code layout in memory:
6421 @example
6422 _vectors:
6423 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6424 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6425 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6426 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6427 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6428 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6429 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6430 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6431 .org 0x100
6432 .long real_reset_vector
6433 .long real_ui_handler
6434 .long real_swi_handler
6435 .long real_pf_abort
6436 .long real_data_abort
6437 .long 0 /* unused */
6438 .long real_irq_handler
6439 .long real_fiq_handler
6440 @end example
6441
6442 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
6443 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
6444 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
6445 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
6446 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
6447 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
6448 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
6449 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
6450 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
6451 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
6452 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
6453 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
6454 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
6455 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
6456 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
6457 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
6458 software.
6459
6460 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6461 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6462 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6463 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6464
6465 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
6466 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
6467 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
6468 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
6469 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
6470 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
6471 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
6472 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
6473 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
6474
6475 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6476 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6477
6478 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6479 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6480 @end deffn
6481
6482 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6483 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6484 @end deffn
6485
6486 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6487 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6488 @end deffn
6489
6490 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6491 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6492 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6493 @end deffn
6494
6495 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6496 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6497 @end deffn
6498
6499 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6500 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6501 @end deffn
6502
6503 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6504 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6505 @end deffn
6506
6507 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6508 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6509 @end deffn
6510
6511 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6512 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6513 @end deffn
6514
6515 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6516 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6517 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6518 and modifying how it is emptied.
6519 @end deffn
6520
6521 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6522 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6523 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6524 The image @var{type} may be one of
6525 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6526 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6527 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6528 @end deffn
6529
6530 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6531 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6532 @cindex vector_catch
6533 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6534 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6535
6536 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6537 @example
6538 0x01 Trap Reset
6539 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6540 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6541 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6542 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6543 0x20 reserved
6544 0x40 Trap IRQ
6545 0x80 Trap FIQ
6546 @end example
6547 @end deffn
6548
6549 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6550 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6551 @cindex vector_table
6552
6553 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6554 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6555 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6556 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6557 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6558
6559 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6560
6561 @end deffn
6562
6563 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6564 @cindex ARMv6
6565
6566 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6567 @cindex ARM11
6568
6569 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6570 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6571 which is enabled by default.
6572 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6573 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6574 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6575 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6576 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6577 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6578 @end deffn
6579
6580 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6581 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6582 which is enabled by default.
6583 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6584 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6585 @end deffn
6586
6587 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6588 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6589 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6590 they are disabled by default.
6591 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6592 @end deffn
6593
6594 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6595 @cindex vector_catch
6596 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6597 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6598 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6599
6600 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6601 for certain hardware events.
6602 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6603 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6604 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6605 @end deffn
6606
6607 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6608 @cindex ARMv7
6609
6610 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6611 @cindex Debug Access Port
6612 @cindex DAP
6613 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6614 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6615 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6616
6617 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6618 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6619 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6620 @end deffn
6621
6622 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6623 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6624 @end deffn
6625
6626 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6627 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6628 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6629 @end deffn
6630
6631 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6632 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6633 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6634 @end deffn
6635
6636 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6637 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6638 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6639 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6640 @end deffn
6641
6642 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6643 @cindex Cortex-M3
6644
6645 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6646 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6647 @end deffn
6648
6649 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6650 @cindex vector_catch
6651 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6652 for certain hardware events.
6653
6654 Parameters request interception of
6655 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6656 @option{none} of them,
6657 or one or more of the following:
6658 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6659 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6660 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6661 @option{irq_err},
6662 @option{state_err},
6663 @option{chk_err}, or
6664 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6665 @option{reset}.
6666 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6667 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6668 are mapped to HardFault.
6669 UsageFault checks for
6670 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6671 must also be explicitly enabled.
6672
6673 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6674 @end deffn
6675
6676 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
6677 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
6678 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6679 @itemize @minus
6680 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6681 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
6682 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
6683 @end itemize
6684 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M3 cores.
6685 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
6686 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
6687 the peripherals.
6688 @xref{Target Events}.
6689 @end deffn
6690
6691 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6692 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6693 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6694 @cindex tracing
6695 @cindex libdcc
6696 @cindex DCC
6697 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6698 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6699 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6700 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6701
6702 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6703 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6704 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6705 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6706 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6707 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6708
6709 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6710 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6711 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6712 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6713 The target being debugged may
6714 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6715 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6716 each supported by a command:
6717
6718 @itemize
6719 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6720 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6721 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6722 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6723
6724 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6725 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6726 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6727
6728 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6729 and then displayed at any time.
6730 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6731
6732 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6733 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6734 @end itemize
6735
6736 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6737 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6738 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6739 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6740 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6741 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6742 does the same thing.
6743
6744 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6745 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6746 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6747 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6748 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6749
6750 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6751 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6752 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6753 @end deffn
6754
6755 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6756 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6757 in the order they triggered.
6758 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6759 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6760 history records.
6761 @end deffn
6762
6763 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6764 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6765 they have been triggered.
6766 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6767 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6768 and associates it with that identifier.
6769
6770 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6771 are not related except by this command.
6772 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6773 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6774 @end deffn
6775
6776
6777 @node JTAG Commands
6778 @chapter JTAG Commands
6779 @cindex JTAG Commands
6780 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6781 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6782 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6783 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6784 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6785
6786 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6787 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6788
6789 @itemize @bullet
6790 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6791 devices such as a CPUs.
6792 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6793 standard state machine (in parallel)
6794 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6795 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6796 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6797 while the reading previous ones.
6798 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6799 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6800 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6801 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6802 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6803 registers.
6804 @end itemize
6805
6806 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6807
6808 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6809 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6810 the order of TAP state transitions.
6811 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6812 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6813 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6814 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
6815 these commands are not available.
6816
6817 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6818 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6819 that specify the entire register.
6820 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6821 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6822 The return value holds the original value of each
6823 of those fields.
6824
6825 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6826 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6827 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6828 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6829 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6830
6831 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6832 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6833
6834 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6835 in that state.
6836 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6837 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6838 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6839
6840 @quotation Warning
6841 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6842 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6843 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6844 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6845 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6846 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6847 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6848 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6849 @end quotation
6850 @end deffn
6851
6852 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6853 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6854 This may be used for performance tuning.
6855
6856 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6857 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6858 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6859 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6860 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6861 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6862 @end deffn
6863
6864 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6865 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6866 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6867 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6868 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6869 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6870
6871 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6872 in that state.
6873 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6874 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6875 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6876
6877 @quotation Note
6878 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6879 register values, unlike data register values.
6880 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6881 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6882 @end quotation
6883 @end deffn
6884
6885 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6886 Set values of reset signals.
6887 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6888 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6889 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6890 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6891 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6892 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6893 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6894
6895 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6896 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6897 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6898 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6899 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6900 instead of the TRST signal.
6901 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6902 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6903 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6904 with handlers for that event.
6905 @end deffn
6906
6907 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6908 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6909 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6910 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6911 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6912 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6913 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6914 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6915 The final state must also be stable.
6916 @end deffn
6917
6918 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6919 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6920 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6921 Instructions often need some time
6922 to execute before they take effect.
6923 @end deffn
6924
6925 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6926 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6927
6928 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6929 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6930 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6931 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6932 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6933 @end deffn
6934
6935 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6936 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6937 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6938 must also be enabled.
6939 Default is enabled.
6940 @end deffn
6941
6942 @section TAP state names
6943 @cindex TAP state names
6944
6945 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6946 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6947 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6948 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6949
6950 @itemize @bullet
6951 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6952 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6953 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6954 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6955 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6956 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6957 through the data register
6958 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6959 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6960 for update or more shifting
6961 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6962 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6963 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6964 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6965 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6966 through the instruction register
6967 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6968 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6969 for update or more shifting
6970 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6971 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6972 @end itemize
6973
6974 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6975 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6976 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6977 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6978
6979 @itemize @bullet
6980 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6981 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6982 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6983 may not be as expected.
6984 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6985 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6986 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6987 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6988 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6989 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6990 @end itemize
6991
6992 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6993 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6994
6995 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6996 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6997 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6998 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6999
7000 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7001 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7002 @cindex SVF
7003
7004 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7005 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7006 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7007 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7008
7009 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7010 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7011 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7012 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7013 each command is logged before it is executed.
7014 @end deffn
7015
7016 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7017 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7018 @cindex XSVF
7019
7020 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7021 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7022 Xilinx devices.
7023 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7024 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7025
7026 @quotation Important
7027 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7028 @end quotation
7029
7030 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7031 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7032 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7033 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7034 that TAP.
7035 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7036 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7037 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7038 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7039 @end deffn
7040
7041 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7042 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7043 after building the software.
7044 You may find them useful:
7045
7046 @itemize
7047 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7048 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7049 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7050 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7051 @end itemize
7052
7053 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7054 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7055 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7056 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7057 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7058 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7059 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7060
7061
7062 @node TFTP
7063 @chapter TFTP
7064 @cindex TFTP
7065 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7066 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7067
7068 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7069 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7070 server (tftpd). For example,
7071
7072 @example
7073 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7074 @end example
7075
7076 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7077 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7078
7079 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7080 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7081 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7082 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7083
7084 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7085 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7086 @cindex GDB
7087 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7088 to debug remote targets.
7089 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7090
7091 @itemize
7092 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7093 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
7094 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7095 as shown in this chapter.
7096 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7097 that also will probably need to be configured.
7098 @end itemize
7099
7100 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7101 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7102 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7103 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7104 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7105 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7106
7107 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
7108 @section Connecting to GDB
7109 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7110 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7111 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7112 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7113 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7114
7115 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7116
7117 @enumerate
7118 @item
7119 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7120 @example
7121 target remote localhost:3333
7122 @end example
7123 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7124 @item
7125 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7126 @example
7127 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7128 @end example
7129 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7130 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7131 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7132 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7133 @end enumerate
7134
7135 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7136 GDB command line.
7137
7138 @section Sample GDB session startup
7139
7140 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7141 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7142 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7143 small ARM program.
7144 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7145 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7146
7147 @example
7148 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7149 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7150 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7151 ...
7152 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7153 ...
7154 (gdb) load
7155 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7156 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7157 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7158 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7159 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7160 (gdb) continue
7161 Continuing.
7162 ...
7163 @end example
7164
7165 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7166 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7167 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7168 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7169
7170 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7171
7172 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7173 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7174 packet size and the device's memory map.
7175 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7176 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7177 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7178
7179 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7180 You may need to set those up by hand.
7181 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7182 something like:
7183
7184 @example
7185 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7186 @end example
7187
7188 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7189
7190 @example
7191 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7192 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7193 @end example
7194
7195 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7196 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7197 do not have such restrictions.
7198
7199 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7200 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7201 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7202
7203 @example
7204 define hook-step
7205 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7206 end
7207 define hookpost-step
7208 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7209 end
7210 @end example
7211
7212 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7213 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7214 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7215 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7216
7217 @section Programming using GDB
7218 @cindex Programming using GDB
7219
7220 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7221 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7222 @example
7223 gdb_memory_map disable
7224 @end example
7225 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7226 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7227 working area.
7228
7229 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7230 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7231 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7232 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7233
7234 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7235 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7236
7237 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7238 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7239 @example
7240 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7241 @end example
7242
7243 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7244 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7245
7246 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7247 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7248 will be used.
7249
7250 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7251 script can be executed:
7252 @example
7253 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7254 @end example
7255
7256 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7257 can be used.
7258
7259 @node Tcl Scripting API
7260 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7261 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7262 @cindex Tcl scripts
7263 @section API rules
7264
7265 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7266 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7267 information as an argument to each proc.
7268
7269 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7270 pair list and lists.
7271
7272 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7273 list.
7274
7275 @verbatim
7276
7277 > set foo(me) Duane
7278 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7279 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7280 > set foo(duck) Donald
7281
7282 If one does this:
7283
7284 > set foo
7285
7286 The result is:
7287
7288 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7289
7290 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7291
7292 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7293 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7294 }
7295 @end verbatim
7296
7297 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7298 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7299
7300 @section Internal low-level Commands
7301
7302 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7303
7304 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7305 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7306 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7307
7308 @itemize @bullet
7309 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7310
7311 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7312 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7313
7314 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7315 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7316
7317 Return information about the flash banks
7318 @end itemize
7319
7320 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7321 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7322 called "flash_banks".
7323
7324 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7325
7326 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7327 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7328 holds one of the following values:
7329
7330 @itemize @bullet
7331 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7332 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7333 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7334 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7335 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7336 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7337 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7338 @end itemize
7339
7340 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7341
7342 @quotation Note
7343 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7344 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7345 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7346 is jim, not real tcl).
7347 @end quotation
7348
7349 @node FAQ
7350 @chapter FAQ
7351 @cindex faq
7352 @enumerate
7353 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7354 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7355 @cindex RTCK
7356 @cindex adaptive clocking
7357 @*
7358
7359 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7360 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7361 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7362 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7363
7364 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7365 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7366 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7367 @enumerate
7368 @item
7369 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7370 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7371 @item
7372 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7373 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7374 @end enumerate
7375
7376 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7377 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7378 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7379 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7380 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7381 power).
7382
7383 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7384 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7385 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7386 ARM926 scenario).
7387 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7388 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7389 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7390
7391 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7392 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7393 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7394 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7395
7396 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7397
7398 In order to make use of this,
7399 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7400 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7401
7402 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7403 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7404 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7405 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7406 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7407
7408 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7409 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7410 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7411 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7412
7413 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7414 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7415 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7416 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7417 with a CPLD.
7418 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7419 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7420 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7421 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7422 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7423 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7424
7425 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7426
7427 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7428
7429 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7430 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7431 depending on the chips on your board.
7432 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7433 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7434 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7435
7436 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7437 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7438 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7439
7440 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7441 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7442 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7443 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7444
7445 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7446 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7447 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7448 this way.
7449
7450 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7451 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7452 clock rate.
7453 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7454 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7455 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7456
7457 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7458
7459 @example
7460 # Example: 1.234MHz
7461 adapter_khz 1234
7462 @end example
7463
7464
7465 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7466
7467 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7468 around Windows filenames.
7469
7470 @example
7471 > echo \a
7472
7473 > echo @{\a@}
7474 \a
7475 > echo "\a"
7476
7477 >
7478 @end example
7479
7480
7481 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7482
7483 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7484 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7485 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7486
7487 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7488 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7489 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7490
7491 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7492 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7493 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7494
7495 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7496
7497 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7498 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7499 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7500 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7501
7502 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7503 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7504 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7505
7506 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7507 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7508
7509 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7510 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7511 memory read caused data abort".
7512
7513 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7514 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7515 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7516 be done, feel free to add this here.
7517
7518 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7519 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7520 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7521 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7522 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7523 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7524 gracefully stops.
7525
7526 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7527 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7528 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7529
7530 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7531 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7532 bytes. Painful...
7533
7534
7535 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7536 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7537
7538 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7539 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7540 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7541 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7542 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7543 reset, everything else should work fine.
7544
7545 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7546 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7547 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7548 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7549
7550 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7551 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7552 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7553 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7554
7555 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7556
7557 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7558 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7559 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7560 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7561
7562 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7563 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7564 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7565 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7566
7567 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7568 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7569 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7570
7571 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7572 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7573
7574 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7575 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7576 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
7577 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7578 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7579 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7580 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7581 clock frequency?
7582
7583 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7584 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7585 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7586 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7587 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7588
7589 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7590
7591 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7592 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7593 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7594 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7595 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7596 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7597 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7598
7599 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7600
7601 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7602 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7603 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7604 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7605
7606 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7607 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7608 particular order?
7609
7610 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7611 the same order used by the hardware.
7612
7613 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7614 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7615 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7616 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7617 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7618 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7619
7620 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7621 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7622 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7623 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7624
7625 @itemize @bullet
7626 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7627 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7628 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7629 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7630 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7631 @end itemize
7632
7633 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7634
7635 @itemize @bullet
7636 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7637 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7638 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7639 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7640 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7641 @end itemize
7642
7643
7644 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7645 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7646 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7647
7648 TODO.
7649
7650 @end enumerate
7651
7652 @node Tcl Crash Course
7653 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7654 @cindex Tcl
7655
7656 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7657 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7658 how the Tcl scripts work.
7659
7660 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7661 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
7662 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7663 OpenOCD.
7664
7665 @section Tcl Rule #1
7666 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7667 @enumerate
7668 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7669 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7670 @end enumerate
7671
7672 The Tcl equal is this:
7673
7674 @enumerate
7675 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7676 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7677 @end enumerate
7678
7679 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7680 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7681
7682 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7683 There is a second pair of rules.
7684 @enumerate
7685 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7686 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7687 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7688 in Tcl.
7689 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7690 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7691 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7692 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7693 @end enumerate
7694
7695 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7696 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7697 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7698 Everything is a string}
7699
7700 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7701 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7702 difference is subtle.
7703 @enumerate
7704 @item Parse Time
7705 @item Evaluation Time
7706 @end enumerate
7707
7708 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7709 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7710 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7711
7712 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7713 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7714 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7715 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7716
7717 @itemize @bullet
7718 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7719 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7720 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7721 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7722 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7723 @example
7724 # bash example
7725 X=`date`
7726 echo "The Date is: $X"
7727 # Tcl example
7728 set X [date]
7729 puts "The Date is: $X"
7730 @end example
7731 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7732 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7733 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7734 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7735 is a string}
7736 @example
7737 set x "Dinner"
7738 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7739 @end example
7740 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7741 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7742 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7743 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7744 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7745 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7746 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7747 @end itemize
7748
7749 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7750
7751 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7752
7753 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7754
7755 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7756 the normal way.
7757
7758 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7759 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7760 line is immedatly executed.
7761
7762 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7763 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7764
7765 @subsection Command Execution
7766
7767 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7768 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7769 control flow operators.
7770
7771 Commands are executed like this:
7772
7773 @enumerate
7774 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7775 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7776 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7777 @end enumerate
7778
7779 It sort of works like this:
7780 @example
7781 for(;;)@{
7782 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7783
7784 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7785
7786 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7787 @}
7788 @end example
7789
7790 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7791 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7792 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7793 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7794 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7795 ``LookupCommand()''
7796
7797 @subsection The FOR command
7798
7799 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7800 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7801 command just like any other command.
7802
7803 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7804 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7805 are:
7806
7807 @enumerate 0
7808 @item The ascii text 'for'
7809 @item The start text
7810 @item The test expression
7811 @item The next text
7812 @item The body text
7813 @end enumerate
7814
7815 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7816 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7817 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7818 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7819
7820 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7821 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7822
7823 @example
7824 int
7825 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7826 int *argc,
7827 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7828 @end example
7829
7830 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7831 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7832 still operates in the same basic way.
7833
7834 @subsection FOR command implementation
7835
7836 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7837 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7838
7839 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7840
7841 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7842
7843 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7844 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7845 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7846
7847 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7848 expression and returns a value.
7849
7850 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7851 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7852 @example
7853 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7854
7855 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7856
7857 int
7858 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7859 int argc,
7860 char **argv )
7861 @{
7862 if( argc != 5 )@{
7863 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7864 return ERROR;
7865 @}
7866
7867 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7868
7869 // Execute the start statement.
7870 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7871
7872 // Top of loop test
7873 for(;;)@{
7874 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7875 if( i == 0 )
7876 break;
7877
7878 // Execute the body
7879 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7880
7881 // Execute the LOOP part
7882 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7883 @}
7884
7885 // Return no error
7886 SetResult( interp, "" );
7887 return SUCCESS;
7888 @}
7889 @end example
7890
7891 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7892 in the same basic way.
7893
7894 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7895
7896 @subsection source and find commands
7897 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7898 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7899 @*Remember the parsing rules
7900 @enumerate
7901 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
7902 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
7903 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
7904 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
7905 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
7906 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
7907 That character begins Tcl comments.)
7908 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
7909 it reads a file and executes as a script.
7910 @end enumerate
7911 @subsection format command
7912 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7913 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7914 @b{sprintf()}.
7915 @b{Example}
7916 @example
7917 set x 6
7918 set y 7
7919 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7920 @end example
7921 @enumerate
7922 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7923 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7924 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7925 @* Refer to Rule #1
7926 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7927 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7928 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7929 @end enumerate
7930 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7931 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7932 @example
7933 #1 Good
7934 proc someproc @{@} @{
7935 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7936 @}
7937 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7938 #2 Good - no variables
7939 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7940 #3 Good Curly Braces
7941 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7942 puts "Time: [date]"
7943 @}
7944 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7945 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7946 @end example
7947 @enumerate
7948 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7949 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7950 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7951 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7952 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7953 command.
7954 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7955 @*There are 4 examples:
7956 @enumerate
7957 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7958 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7959 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7960 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7961 @end enumerate
7962
7963 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7964 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7965 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7966
7967 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7968 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7969 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7970 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7971 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7972 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7973 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7974 @end enumerate
7975 @subsection Global Variables
7976 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7977 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7978 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7979 @example
7980 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7981 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7982 global x #Global variable X
7983 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7984 @}
7985 @end example
7986 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7987 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7988 @example
7989 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7990 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7991 # Create var name
7992 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7993 # Make it a global
7994 global $vn
7995 # Set it.
7996 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7997 @}
7998 @end example
7999 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
8000 @example
8001 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8002 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8003 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8004 @}
8005 @end example
8006
8007 @include fdl.texi
8008
8009 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8010 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8011 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8012 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8013 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8014 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8015
8016 @printindex cp
8017
8018 @node Command and Driver Index
8019 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8020 @printindex fn
8021
8022 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)